Commit Graph

84001 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Shahar S Matityahu
954454d610 iwlwifi: dbg_ini: add lmac and umac error tables dumping support
Add LMAC_ERROR_TABLE and UMAC_ERROR_TABLE region types and handle them
in the same way as we handle DEVICE_MEMORY.

Signed-off-by: Shahar S Matityahu <shahar.s.matityahu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-29 18:42:47 +03:00
Johannes Berg
b081e23c45 iwlwifi: parse command version TLV
In newer firmware images there's a command version TLV that
states, for each listed command or notification, which version
of the command and/or notification structure is used. Read and
keep this data to be able to use it in the future.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-29 18:42:47 +03:00
Luca Coelho
1da3823d11 iwlwifi: pcie: remove stray character in iwl_pcie_rx_alloc_page()
We have a solitary and inconspicous ` in the middle of a comment in
this function, which should not be there.  Remove it.

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-29 18:42:47 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
11af74ad1d iwlwifi: mvm: Don't sleep in RX path
Don't use cancel_delayed_work_sync() inside the channel switch
notifications as they are handled synchronously as part of the RX path.
Fix that by replacing it with cancel_delayed_work(). This should be safe
as we don't really care whether the work is already started and in such
case we would disconnect anyway.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-29 18:42:46 +03:00
Luca Coelho
fd986b0b7a iwlwifi: bump FW API to 48 for 22000 series
Start supporting API version 48 for 22000 series.

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-29 18:42:46 +03:00
Liad Kaufman
529281bdf0 iwlwifi: mvm: limit TLC according to our HE capabilities
Instead of setting the TLC config command according to the
rates the peer supports, make sure that we aren't also
limited by our own rates, so take the minimum between the
peer's supported RX rates and our supported TX rates.

Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-29 18:42:45 +03:00
Shahar S Matityahu
aee1b6385e iwlwifi: support fseq tlv and print fseq version
Support fseq tlv and print fseq version to dmesg.

Signed-off-by: Shahar S Matityahu <shahar.s.matityahu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-29 18:42:45 +03:00
Avraham Stern
cec2d4f6b4 iwlwifi: mvm: report FTM start time TSF when applicable
When the interface that is requesting an FTM measurement is connected
to a BSS, it is possible that the FTM request was originated by an
RRM request from the AP. In this case the station needs to report
the measurement start time in terms of the TSF of the AP.

Since there is no indication in the FTM request itself if the TSF
is needed, always report the TSF if the station is associated.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-29 18:42:45 +03:00
Luca Coelho
0c546fb6f9 iwlwifi: mvm: support v2 of the WoWLAN patterns command
Add new definitions for the WoWLAN patterns API version 2 and support
for version 2 of the WoWLAN patterns command without implementing the
new features.  With this commit we only supporting the existing
bitmask pattern match.  Use the new version only if the TLV is set.

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-29 18:42:45 +03:00
Johannes Berg
30f24eabab iwlwifi: pcie: don't crash on invalid RX interrupt
If for some reason the device gives us an RX interrupt before we're
ready for it, perhaps during device power-on with misconfigured IRQ
causes mapping or so, we can crash trying to access the queues.

Prevent that by checking that we actually have RXQs and that they
were properly allocated.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-29 18:42:45 +03:00
Johannes Berg
c5bf4fa142 iwlwifi: pcie: initialize debug_rfkill to -1
This will let us introduce a mechanism to start with rfkill
faked, and put 0 here to override it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-29 18:42:44 +03:00
YueHaibing
14cf9bc608 iwlwifi: Use correct channel_profile iniwl_get_nvm
commit 2785ce008e ("iwlwifi: support new NVM response API")
seems forgot use correct channel_profile in iwl_get_nvm when call
iwl_init_sbands().

Fixes: 2785ce008e ("iwlwifi: support new NVM response API")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-29 18:42:44 +03:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
9e80ad37f6 ath10k: Drop WARN_ON()s that always trigger during system resume
ath10k_mac_vif_chan() always returns an error for the given vif
during system-wide resume which reliably triggers two WARN_ON()s
in ath10k_bss_info_changed() and they are not particularly
useful in that code path, so drop them.

Tested: QCA6174 hw3.2 PCI with WLAN.RM.2.0-00180-QCARMSWPZ-1
Tested: QCA6174 hw3.2 SDIO with WLAN.RMH.4.4.1-00007-QCARMSWP-1

Fixes: cd93b83ad9 ("ath10k: support for multicast rate control")
Fixes: f279294e9e ("ath10k: add support for configuring management packet rate")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Claire Chang <tientzu@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-29 17:26:14 +03:00
Brian Norris
38faed1504 ath10k: perform crash dump collection in workqueue
Commit 25733c4e67 ("ath10k: pci: use mutex for diagnostic window CE
polling") introduced a regression where we try to sleep (grab a mutex)
in an atomic context:

[  233.602619] BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at kernel/locking/mutex.c:254
[  233.602626] in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 0, name: swapper/0
[  233.602636] CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Tainted: G        W         5.1.0-rc2 #4
[  233.602642] Hardware name: Google Scarlet (DT)
[  233.602647] Call trace:
[  233.602663]  dump_backtrace+0x0/0x11c
[  233.602672]  show_stack+0x20/0x28
[  233.602681]  dump_stack+0x98/0xbc
[  233.602690]  ___might_sleep+0x154/0x16c
[  233.602696]  __might_sleep+0x78/0x88
[  233.602704]  mutex_lock+0x2c/0x5c
[  233.602717]  ath10k_pci_diag_read_mem+0x68/0x21c [ath10k_pci]
[  233.602725]  ath10k_pci_diag_read32+0x48/0x74 [ath10k_pci]
[  233.602733]  ath10k_pci_dump_registers+0x5c/0x16c [ath10k_pci]
[  233.602741]  ath10k_pci_fw_crashed_dump+0xb8/0x548 [ath10k_pci]
[  233.602749]  ath10k_pci_napi_poll+0x60/0x128 [ath10k_pci]
[  233.602757]  net_rx_action+0x140/0x388
[  233.602766]  __do_softirq+0x1b0/0x35c
[...]

ath10k_pci_fw_crashed_dump() is called from NAPI contexts, and firmware
memory dumps are retrieved using the diag memory interface.

A simple reproduction case is to run this on QCA6174A /
WLAN.RM.4.4.1-00132-QCARMSWP-1, which happens to be a way to b0rk the
firmware:

  dd if=/sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/ath10k/mem_value bs=4K count=1
of=/dev/null

(NB: simulated firmware crashes, via debugfs, don't trigger firmware
dumps.)

The fix is to move the crash-dump into a workqueue context, and avoid
relying on 'data_lock' for most mutual exclusion. We only keep using it
here for protecting 'fw_crash_counter', while the rest of the coredump
buffers are protected by a new 'dump_mutex'.

I've tested the above with simulated firmware crashes (debugfs 'reset'
file), real firmware crashes (the 'dd' command above), and a variety of
reboot and suspend/resume configurations on QCA6174A.

Reported here:
http://lkml.kernel.org/linux-wireless/20190325202706.GA68720@google.com

Fixes: 25733c4e67 ("ath10k: pci: use mutex for diagnostic window CE polling")
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-29 17:24:37 +03:00
Olof Johansson
1895ef4ef2 This modernizes the IXP4xx platform and adds initial Device Tree
Support. We migrate to MULTI_IRQ_HANDLER, bumps the IRQs to
 offset 16, converts to SPARSE_IRQ, then we add proper subsystem
 drivers in each subsystem for irqchip, GPIO and clocksource and
 switch over to using these new drivers.
 
 Next we modernize the NPE and QMGR drivers and push them down
 into drivers/soc.
 
 This has been tested on the IXP4xx NSLU2 and the Gateworks
 GW2358-4.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJcvxsRAAoJEEEQszewGV1zZE8QAIrpxZGGKUv7o/NrtR2J8CLR
 jl7cm8Rx+TVlowEz4Un2erhMEFEIp91DeKsN76fBaAszmogbuck1u+ZiArpL7u12
 sJzYwQUqyCuGFQbiOIu1PyYCCGebVvZYvYjoEDzt5GOp5rCNh6xsP9eDQe7F8ZgE
 60iKiLEp+U3VQXB7+/KdvIpVVM2V7wJyKHtKkZVsTEH0iKsTy6yormBZc3r/a1Ka
 7fZDLC6KLtaQ95YpqL+L/ZZNickj/J2wqnVuh4GrzsJ5m9GphoUfD2X3jtuQyjo/
 VlHy7mEmWAvS68lQXNibXLi9h8tNr9XApRDH/snoLRq4KKM8P30OgZMc28IWBqwZ
 CqbxfN9++ffZBt5udY3Jfdsj3lgDOMjBzvfIJpQxLbFCfTaQWtBZ5KaILGdcCuFH
 TdCUT5tS/G7XUlsAkFQc1ubseYl3PmGgBrTh6N150hNH45xsuniaBUv/RgltA7ZY
 Q437ctUs5IySPOm3dPzgHQwqC1TN/LuHX3fbQwcgj792iZhn5hExazmgLYGwzy/l
 vLM9izG7NerZQgpspaUq1jeCPVVCsZ2q/n8vWD7beBLWTo7bZhg0uLXQOwR/9ITc
 B5vC0h9Fe9O732ZZY5FgJXYgUkQ9fRjN/lMv6RWgPlc6/r8eQZ+OimAprpmB96Gu
 2IfYAFI4lZDS/nJL9FmF
 =0U95
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'ixp4xx-for-armsoc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-nomadik into arm/soc

This modernizes the IXP4xx platform and adds initial Device Tree
Support. We migrate to MULTI_IRQ_HANDLER, bumps the IRQs to
offset 16, converts to SPARSE_IRQ, then we add proper subsystem
drivers in each subsystem for irqchip, GPIO and clocksource and
switch over to using these new drivers.

Next we modernize the NPE and QMGR drivers and push them down
into drivers/soc.

This has been tested on the IXP4xx NSLU2 and the Gateworks
GW2358-4.

* tag 'ixp4xx-for-armsoc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-nomadik: (31 commits)
  ARM: dts: Add queue manager and NPE to the IXP4xx DTSI
  soc: ixp4xx: qmgr: Add DT probe code
  soc: ixp4xx: qmgr: Add DT bindings for IXP4xx qmgr
  soc: ixp4xx: npe: Add DT probe code
  soc: ixp4xx: Add DT bindings for IXP4xx NPE
  soc: ixp4xx: qmgr: Pass resources
  soc: ixp4xx: Remove unused functions
  soc: ixp4xx: Uninline several functions
  soc: ixp4xx: npe: Pass addresses as resources
  ARM: ixp4xx: Turn the QMGR into a platform device
  ARM: ixp4xx: Turn the NPE into a platform device
  ARM: ixp4xx: Move IXP4xx QMGR and NPE headers
  ARM: ixp4xx: Move NPE and QMGR to drivers/soc
  ARM: dts: Add some initial IXP4xx device trees
  ARM: ixp4xx: Add device tree boot support
  ARM: ixp4xx: Add DT bindings
  gpio: ixp4xx: Add OF probing support
  gpio: ixp4xx: Add DT bindings
  clocksource/drivers/ixp4xx: Add OF initialization support
  clocksource/drivers/ixp4xx: Add DT bindings
  ...

Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
2019-04-28 23:43:07 -07:00
Arnd Bergmann
1b8c813695 ARM: ep93xx: move network platform data to separate header
The header file is the only thing preventing us from building the
driver in a cross-platform configuration, so move the structure
we are interested in to the global platform_data location
and enable compile testing.

Acked-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
2019-04-28 23:08:15 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
88d6272aca net: phy: avoid unneeded MDIO reads in genphy_read_status
Considering that in polling mode each link drop will be latched,
settings can't have changed if link was up and is up.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-28 19:48:04 -04:00
David S. Miller
5f0d736e7f Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bpf/bpf-next
Daniel Borkmann says:

====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-04-28

The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.

The main changes are:

1) Introduce BPF socket local storage map so that BPF programs can store
   private data they associate with a socket (instead of e.g. separate hash
   table), from Martin.

2) Add support for bpftool to dump BTF types. This is done through a new
   `bpftool btf dump` sub-command, from Andrii.

3) Enable BPF-based flow dissector for skb-less eth_get_headlen() calls which
   was currently not supported since skb was used to lookup netns, from Stanislav.

4) Add an opt-in interface for tracepoints to expose a writable context
   for attached BPF programs, used here for NBD sockets, from Matt.

5) BPF xadd related arm64 JIT fixes and scalability improvements, from Daniel.

6) Change the skb->protocol for bpf_skb_adjust_room() helper in order to
   support tunnels such as sit. Add selftests as well, from Willem.

7) Various smaller misc fixes.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-28 08:42:41 -04:00
Luca Coelho
d156e67d3f iwlwifi: mvm: fix merge damage in iwl_mvm_vif_dbgfs_register()
When I rebased Greg's patch, I accidentally left the old if block that
was already there.  Remove it.

Fixes: 154d4899e4 ("iwlwifi: mvm: properly check debugfs dentry before using it")
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-28 09:59:59 +03:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
5c9adef978 iwlwifi: fix driver operation for 5350
We introduced a bug that prevented this old device from
working. The driver would simply not be able to complete
the INIT flow while spewing this warning:

 CSR addresses aren't configured
 WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 819 at drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/pcie/drv.c:917
 iwl_pci_probe+0x160/0x1e0 [iwlwifi]

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v4.18+
Fixes: a8cbb46f83 ("iwlwifi: allow different csr flags for different device families")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Fixes: c8f1b51e50 ("iwlwifi: allow different csr flags for different device families")
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-28 09:59:59 +03:00
Luca Coelho
de1887c064 iwlwifi: mvm: check for length correctness in iwl_mvm_create_skb()
We don't check for the validity of the lengths in the packet received
from the firmware.  If the MPDU length received in the rx descriptor
is too short to contain the header length and the crypt length
together, we may end up trying to copy a negative number of bytes
(headlen - hdrlen < 0) which will underflow and cause us to try to
copy a huge amount of data.  This causes oopses such as this one:

BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at ffff896be2970000
PGD 5e201067 P4D 5e201067 PUD 5e205067 PMD 16110d063 PTE 8000000162970161
Oops: 0003 [#1] PREEMPT SMP NOPTI
CPU: 2 PID: 1824 Comm: irq/134-iwlwifi Not tainted 4.19.33-04308-geea41cf4930f #1
Hardware name: [...]
RIP: 0010:memcpy_erms+0x6/0x10
Code: 90 90 90 90 eb 1e 0f 1f 00 48 89 f8 48 89 d1 48 c1 e9 03 83 e2 07 f3 48 a5 89 d1 f3 a4 c3 66 0f 1f 44 00 00 48 89 f8 48 89 d1 <f3> a4 c3
 0f 1f 80 00 00 00 00 48 89 f8 48 83 fa 20 72 7e 40 38 fe
RSP: 0018:ffffa4630196fc60 EFLAGS: 00010287
RAX: ffff896be2924618 RBX: ffff896bc8ecc600 RCX: 00000000fffb4610
RDX: 00000000fffffff8 RSI: ffff896a835e2a38 RDI: ffff896be2970000
RBP: ffffa4630196fd30 R08: ffff896bc8ecc600 R09: ffff896a83597000
R10: ffff896bd6998400 R11: 000000000200407f R12: ffff896a83597050
R13: 00000000fffffff8 R14: 0000000000000010 R15: ffff896a83597038
FS:  0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff896be8280000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS:  0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: ffff896be2970000 CR3: 000000005dc12002 CR4: 00000000003606e0
DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400
Call Trace:
 iwl_mvm_rx_mpdu_mq+0xb51/0x121b [iwlmvm]
 iwl_pcie_rx_handle+0x58c/0xa89 [iwlwifi]
 iwl_pcie_irq_rx_msix_handler+0xd9/0x12a [iwlwifi]
 irq_thread_fn+0x24/0x49
 irq_thread+0xb0/0x122
 kthread+0x138/0x140
 ret_from_fork+0x1f/0x40

Fix that by checking the lengths for correctness and trigger a warning
to show that we have received wrong data.

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-28 09:59:59 +03:00
Vishal Kulkarni
b1a79360ee cxgb4: Delete all hash and TCAM filters before resource cleanup
During driver unload, hash/TCAM filter deletion doesn't wait for
completion.This patch deletes all the filters with completion before
clearing the resources.

Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 22:25:37 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
7324d50e47 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Remove legacy probe support
Remove the legacy method of probing the mv88e6xxx driver, now that all
the mainline boards have been converted to use mdio based probing for
a number of cycles.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 22:12:22 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
1ba22bf547 net: dsa: mv88e6060: Replace REG_READ macro
The REG_READ macro contains a return statement, making it not very
safe. Remove it by inlining the code.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 20:23:04 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
c4362c3743 net: dsa: mv88e6060: Replace REG_WRITE macro
The REG_WRITE macro contains a return statement, making it not very
safe. Remove it by inlining the code.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 20:23:04 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
3e8bc1b886 net: dsa: mv88e6060: Replace ds with priv
Pass around priv, not ds. This will help with changing to an mdio
driver, and makes this driver more like mv88e6xxx.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 20:23:04 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
406a4362c2 net: dsa: mv88e6060: Add SPDX header
Add an SPDX header, and remove the license text.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 20:23:04 -04:00
Murilo Fossa Vicentini
e56e251566 ibmvnic: Add device identification to requested IRQs
The ibmvnic driver currently uses the same fixed name when using
request_irq, this makes it hard to parse when multiple VNIC devices are
available at the same time. This patch adds the unit_address as the device
identification along with an id for each queue.

The original idea was to use the interface name as an identifier, but it
is not feasible given these requests happen at adapter probe, and at this
point netdev is not yet registered so it doesn't have the proper name
assigned to it.

Signed-off-by: Murilo Fossa Vicentini <muvic@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mauro S. M. Rodrigues <maurosr@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 20:20:06 -04:00
David S. Miller
026cc9c3ee cpsw: Put back cpsw_ndo_poll_controller()
To fix the build.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 20:08:25 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
c24eef283a net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: move ethtool func in separate file
As a preparatory patch to add support for a switchdev based cpsw driver,
move common ethtool functions to separate cpsw-ethtool.c file so that they
can be used across both drivers. It will simplify CPSW driver code
maintenance also.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:49 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
cfc08345ec net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: switch to use mac sl api
Switch CPSW driver to use the new MAC SL API.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:49 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
a71a18f24d net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: introduce mac sl module api
The MAC SL submodule has a lot of common functions between many of TI SoCs
AM335x/AM437x/DRA7(AM57xx), Keystone 2 66AK2HK/E/L/G and K3 AM654, but
there are also differences especially in registers offsets and sets of
supported functions.

This patch introduces the MAC SL submodule API which is intended to provide
a common way to access the MAC SL submodule and hide HW integrations
details.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:49 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
e6a8462491 net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: move common hw init code in separate func
move common hw init code in separate function as preparation for adding new
switchdev driver.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:49 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
5dea398514 net: ethernet: ti: davinci_cpdma: use dma_addr_t for desc_mem_phys and desc_hw_addr
Use dma_addr_t for desc_mem_phys and desc_hw_addr to avoid types
conversions.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:49 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
814b4a67e5 net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: move cpsw definitions in priv header
As a preparatory patch to add a switchdev based cpsw driver move the common
header definitions to cpsw_priv.h. The plan is to develop a new driver on
switchdev driver model and obsolete the current cpsw driver after all
required functions are added to the new driver. This patch allows the same
header file to be re-used on both drivers during the transition period.

Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:49 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
83a8471ba2 net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: refactor probe to group common hw initialization
Rework probe to group common hw initialization:
- group resources request at the beginning of the probe
- move net device initialization and registration at the end of the probe
- drop cpsw_slave_init
as preparation of refactoring of common hw initialization code to
separate function.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:49 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
03f66f0675 net: ethernet: ti: davinci_mdio: use devm_ioremap()
The Davinci MDIO in most of the case implemented as module inside of TI
CPSW subsystem and fully depends on CPSW to be enabled, but historically
it's implemented as separate Platform device/driver and defined in DT files
in two ways:
- as standalone node
- as child node of CPSW subsystem.

In later case it's required to split CPSW subsystem "reg" property to
exclude MDIO I/O range which is not useful.

Hence, replace devm_ioremap_resource() with devm_ioremap() to allow define
full I/O range in parent CPSW subsystem without spliting.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:49 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
7cb528c553 net: ethernet: ti: ale: do not auto delete mcast super entries
Do not delete multicast supervisory packet's (SUPER) entries while flushing
multicast addresses from ALE table cpsw_ale_flush_multicast(). Those
entries have to be added/removed only explicitly.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:49 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
06095f34f8 net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: fix allmulti cfg in dual_mac mode
Now CPSW ALE will set/clean Host port bit in Unregistered Multicast Flood
Mask (UNREG_MCAST_FLOOD_MASK) for every VLAN without checking if this port
belongs to VLAN or not when ALLMULTI mode flag is set for nedev. This is
working in non dual_mac mode, but in dual_mac - it causes
enabling/disabling ALLMULTI flag for both ports.

Hence fix it by adding additional parameter to cpsw_ale_set_allmulti() to
specify ALE port number for which ALLMULTI has to be enabled and check if
port belongs to VLAN before modifying UNREG_MCAST_FLOOD_MASK.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:49 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
91c88659a7 net: ethernet: ti: ale: use define for host port in cpsw_ale_set_allmulti()
Use ALE_PORT_HOST define for host port in cpsw_ale_set_allmulti() instead
of constants.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:49 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
af9f4e6a33 net: ethernet: ti: ale: fix mcast super setting
Use correct define ALE_SUPER for ALE Multicast Address Table Entry
Supervisory Packet (SUPER) bit setting instead of ALE_BLOCKED. No issues
were observed till now as it have never been set, but it's going to be used
by new CPSW switch driver.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:48 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
10ae805477 net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: drop cpsw_tx_packet_submit()
Drop unnecessary wrapper function cpsw_tx_packet_submit() which is used
only in one place.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:48 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
d183a9428d net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: use devm_alloc_etherdev_mqs()
Use devm_alloc_etherdev_mqs() and simplify code.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:48 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
56bf8a5df3 net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: drop pinctrl_pm_select_default_state call
Drop pinctrl_pm_select_default_state call from probe as default
pinctrl state is set by DD core.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:48 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
c8fb566875 net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: use local var dev in probe
Use local variable struct device *dev in probe to simplify code.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:48 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
9763a891a5 net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: update cpsw_split_res() to accept cpsw_common
Update cpsw_split_res() to accept struct cpsw_common instead of
struct net_device to simplify code.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:48 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
16f5416482 net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: drop CONFIG_TI_CPSW_ALE config option
All TI drivers CPSW/NETCP can't work without ALE, hence simplify
build of those drivers by always linking cpsw_ale and drop
CONFIG_TI_CPSW_ALE config option.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:48 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
99f6297182 net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: drop TI_DAVINCI_CPDMA config option
Both drivers CPSW and EMAC can't work without CPDMA, hence simplify build
of those drivers by always linking davinci_cpdma and drop TI_DAVINCI_CPDMA
config option.
Note. the davinci_emac driver module was changed to "ti_davinci_emac" to
make build work.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:48 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko
68cf027f3d net: ethernet: ti: convert to SPDX license identifiers
Replace textual license with SPDX-License-Identifier.

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:11:48 -04:00
Johannes Berg
ef6243acb4 genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps
Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages,
sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may
be required, so add an option for that as well.

Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands,
set the options everwhere using the following spatch:

    @@
    identifier ops;
    expression X;
    @@
    struct genl_ops ops[] = {
    ...,
     {
            .cmd = X,
    +       .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP,
            ...
     },
    ...
    };

For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out'
flags and thus get strict validation.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:07:22 -04:00
Johannes Berg
8cb081746c netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness
We currently have two levels of strict validation:

 1) liberal (default)
     - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
     - attribute length >= expected accepted
     - garbage at end of message accepted
 2) strict (opt-in)
     - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
     - attribute length >= expected accepted

Split out parsing strictness into four different options:
 * TRAILING     - check that there's no trailing data after parsing
                  attributes (in message or nested)
 * MAXTYPE      - reject attrs > max known type
 * UNSPEC       - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries
 * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size

The default for future things should be *everything*.
The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE,
and is renamed to _deprecated_strict().
The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to
*_parse_deprecated().

Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags
even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in
this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to
not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going
forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply
to the POLICY flag.

We end up with the following renames:
 * nla_parse           -> nla_parse_deprecated
 * nla_parse_strict    -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict
 * nlmsg_parse         -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated
 * nlmsg_parse_strict  -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict
 * nla_parse_nested    -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated
 * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated

Using spatch, of course:
    @@
    expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT;
    @@
    -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
    +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)

    @@
    expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
    @@
    -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
    +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)

    @@
    expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
    @@
    -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
    +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)

    @@
    expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT;
    @@
    -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
    +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)

    @@
    expression START, MAX, POL, EXT;
    @@
    -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
    +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT)

    @@
    expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT;
    @@
    -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
    +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)

For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions
yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong.

Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a
common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication.

Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every
new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the
next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is.

In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:07:21 -04:00
Michal Kubecek
ae0be8de9a netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag
Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most
netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not
setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers
not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's
mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display
the structure of their contents.

Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be
userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than
through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames
nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start()
as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually
are rewritten to use nla_nest_start().

Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using
this semantic patch:

@@ expression E1, E2; @@
-nla_nest_start(E1, E2)
+nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2)

@@ expression E1, E2; @@
-nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED)
+nla_nest_start(E1, E2)

Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:03:44 -04:00
Michael Chan
0b397b17a4 bnxt_en: Fix uninitialized variable usage in bnxt_rx_pkt().
In bnxt_rx_pkt(), if the driver encounters BD errors, it will recycle
the buffers and jump to the end where the uninitailized variable "len"
is referenced.  Fix it by adding a new jump label that will skip
the length update.  This is the most correct fix since the length
may not be valid when we get this type of error.

Fixes: 6a8788f256 ("bnxt_en: add support for software dynamic interrupt moderation")
Reported-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Cc: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:00:19 -04:00
Michael Chan
3f93cd3f09 bnxt_en: Fix statistics context reservation logic.
In an earlier commit that fixes the number of stats contexts to
reserve for the RDMA driver, we added a function parameter to pass in
the number of stats contexts to all the relevant functions.  The passed
in parameter should have been used to set the enables field of the
firmware message.

Fixes: 780baad44f ("bnxt_en: Reserve 1 stat_ctx for RDMA driver.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:00:19 -04:00
Michael Chan
ad361adf0d bnxt_en: Pass correct extended TX port statistics size to firmware.
If driver determines that extended TX port statistics are not supported
or allocation of the data structure fails, make sure to pass 0 TX stats
size to firmware to disable it.  The firmware returned TX stats size should
also be set to 0 for consistency.  This will prevent
bnxt_get_ethtool_stats() from accessing the NULL TX stats pointer in
case there is mismatch between firmware and driver.

Fixes: 36e53349b6 ("bnxt_en: Add additional extended port statistics.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:00:19 -04:00
Michael Chan
1f83391bd6 bnxt_en: Fix possible crash in bnxt_hwrm_ring_free() under error conditions.
If we encounter errors during open and proceed to clean up,
bnxt_hwrm_ring_free() may crash if the rings we try to free have never
been allocated.  bnxt_cp_ring_for_rx() or bnxt_cp_ring_for_tx()
may reference pointers that have not been allocated.

Fix it by checking for valid fw_ring_id first before calling
bnxt_cp_ring_for_rx() or bnxt_cp_ring_for_tx().

Fixes: 2c61d2117e ("bnxt_en: Add helper functions to get firmware CP ring ID.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:00:18 -04:00
Vasundhara Volam
f9099d6114 bnxt_en: Free short FW command HWRM memory in error path in bnxt_init_one()
In the bnxt_init_one() error path, short FW command request memory
is not freed. This patch fixes it.

Fixes: e605db801b ("bnxt_en: Support for Short Firmware Message")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:00:18 -04:00
Michael Chan
b4e30e8e7e bnxt_en: Improve multicast address setup logic.
The driver builds a list of multicast addresses and sends it to the
firmware when the driver's ndo_set_rx_mode() is called.  In rare
cases, the firmware can fail this call if internal resources to
add multicast addresses are exhausted.  In that case, we should
try the call again by setting the ALL_MCAST flag which is more
guaranteed to succeed.

Fixes: c0c050c58d ("bnxt_en: New Broadcom ethernet driver.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-27 17:00:18 -04:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
c0286f5680 thunderbolt: Changes for v5.2 merge window
This improves software connection manager on older Apple systems with
 Thunderbolt 1 and 2 controller to support full PCIe daisy chains,
 Display Port tunneling and P2P networking. There are also fixes for
 potential NULL pointer dereferences at various places in the driver.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQJUBAABCgA+FiEEVTdhRGBbNzLrSUBaAP2fSd+ZWKAFAlzCyCMgHG1pa2Eud2Vz
 dGVyYmVyZ0BsaW51eC5pbnRlbC5jb20ACgkQAP2fSd+ZWKA1ZhAAhNmKam9NYvYz
 sf632XmfBVZ/l7TMmejGX+2CbFjSXLMgdKIVhgaGUMJc4pNMGTteDLgYzGTiKjLQ
 UcCfGowjPJdOVJwoWku+g27Y5aKlDWyugqtFr16wLpvkoWIu+yGmtZ290tQWeUVb
 J/Vvp9fZ5+/fCaQzWpEoTiSeJaxH5AshFaTwhy5GbHyovvp6iaWv7GZGxEnLWQRG
 wFvChvCR4G1oZtVR+1ROk33MC5aC/qo3CRrhALEqScmPYFKABS7c2O2BddZGfH1P
 nGVdV3Hh8ThLEAjT7Iz1I37DrFBKCHIpbCbY1eibUhZtehDXf8piRmIkbuWDhCH8
 afWtKck/c333YA9RMvdiweVi1iyNySLAs7ZjfHWDM+08tqPhrR6O9L/KPAdmgfy9
 RGw2JxrQk26rWLZJ0pdzh7UqS/l/idi5blCk2Ap9QkNHj3DwRwA6Wdt2qmrqY0j1
 5eHdldvbHQuZpCJ/wYusINsdDPzVWTqtK94ZnCD2seW/PdMTAKTLdwKrc9zAD1fk
 FgfZ1zC5Hhc84klqy6H86855bNaCAH7ORE4fX5P0ZwXGuleNTyfOQmeXXqodqISR
 GHHcmvO7LdA7gWrrwOpczKTTq5jAgMg43rONXTL6w7a0i0K5BZeWkPwqvZvIOcCD
 9Tq4LYI216KEtXKPxPGEVPHlh249Kns=
 =nqM+
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'thunderbolt-for-v5.2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/westeri/thunderbolt into char-misc-next

Mika writes:

thunderbolt: Changes for v5.2 merge window

This improves software connection manager on older Apple systems with
Thunderbolt 1 and 2 controller to support full PCIe daisy chains,
Display Port tunneling and P2P networking. There are also fixes for
potential NULL pointer dereferences at various places in the driver.

* tag 'thunderbolt-for-v5.2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/westeri/thunderbolt: (44 commits)
  thunderbolt: Make priority unsigned in struct tb_path
  thunderbolt: Start firmware on Titan Ridge Apple systems
  thunderbolt: Reword output of tb_dump_hop()
  thunderbolt: Make rest of the logging to happen at debug level
  thunderbolt: Make __TB_[SW|PORT]_PRINT take const parameters
  thunderbolt: Add support for XDomain connections
  thunderbolt: Make tb_switch_alloc() return ERR_PTR()
  thunderbolt: Add support for DMA tunnels
  thunderbolt: Add XDomain UUID exchange support
  thunderbolt: Run tb_xdp_handle_request() in system workqueue
  thunderbolt: Do not tear down tunnels when driver is unloaded
  thunderbolt: Add support for Display Port tunnels
  thunderbolt: Rework NFC credits handling
  thunderbolt: Generalize port finding routines to support all port types
  thunderbolt: Scan only valid NULL adapter ports in hotplug
  thunderbolt: Add support for full PCIe daisy chains
  thunderbolt: Discover preboot PCIe paths the boot firmware established
  thunderbolt: Deactivate all paths before restarting them
  thunderbolt: Extend tunnel creation to more than 2 adjacent switches
  thunderbolt: Add helper function to iterate from one port to another
  ...
2019-04-27 15:36:16 +02:00
Linus Torvalds
baf76f0c58 slip: make slhc_free() silently accept an error pointer
This way, slhc_free() accepts what slhc_init() returns, whether that is
an error or not.

In particular, the pattern in sl_alloc_bufs() is

        slcomp = slhc_init(16, 16);
        ...
        slhc_free(slcomp);

for the error handling path, and rather than complicate that code, just
make it ok to always free what was returned by the init function.

That's what the code used to do before commit 4ab42d78e3 ("ppp, slip:
Validate VJ compression slot parameters completely") when slhc_init()
just returned NULL for the error case, with no actual indication of the
details of the error.

Reported-by: syzbot+45474c076a4927533d2e@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: 4ab42d78e3 ("ppp, slip: Validate VJ compression slot parameters completely")
Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2019-04-26 18:19:09 -07:00
David S. Miller
30e5a9a5ba Various updates, notably:
* extended key ID support (from 802.11-2016)
  * per-STA TX power control support
  * mac80211 TX performance improvements
  * HE (802.11ax) updates
  * mesh link probing support
  * enhancements of multi-BSSID support (also related to HE)
  * OWE userspace processing support
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIzBAABCgAdFiEEH1e1rEeCd0AIMq6MB8qZga/fl8QFAlzC5YYACgkQB8qZga/f
 l8QDWg/+N7wm+l7bTMx4hjJzZZ60n9fBvyGJx0gsnPVH8wdOiPoh/epuI04I8I4m
 pGNbGvPB9Z4z2tD56XsIQnXf88ab3R27bRupSSW1vtzVSbDhg8wQ7jg0nABrdyDS
 PgoTmDMfVERLewXdntqRANzVYGfoWSOzo1u6A0Xhys8FqxxX/eD+Vdo4dKzmeN47
 +LDfuCpInVPn0TOpFp5IJ4+B4a0dhkz2/Q1BOE7NquXVvk4X77VJohV/BgQJ04Io
 yt7mn5rzYM6j4o1XLACxUEHkXvht6h34abG0yHRnuoAEp/sdPz2jAXT4OxYqs6x0
 XdLdr8gZgkMnnYaOQef74uJ2Ku+4A1ootjXSPazA7BWX0X5GqHnET/INk2S6cQPj
 C95LYfKC0ICD0qfioBmmHx8icDGoovcaswCju2ozfqWaD4Lwr3BcesnNDFtkHD9o
 aYaTTGGSxFyr2bZWTDpv4D4H5g3V4srRJsXs+SokL54nvlwd/smUJ4PVTLomP9y2
 XswRtLdoiUsCrJy967CXfhsxnE5SRhmBQE38Jq8/pzetlRk2spvJJC5MGYF0O/nT
 0UHbrjBCFUT2s8jv+gWWabOBUovsNJlgaxFwrZ/eNVIk0DK0ERoMV3V4MktU8uza
 Y339T14kxw4wlY2z5pOmEgkxmKZbPb55dBba04JEZzz9zDTawTk=
 =JQOx
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2019-04-26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg says:

====================
Various updates, notably:
 * extended key ID support (from 802.11-2016)
 * per-STA TX power control support
 * mac80211 TX performance improvements
 * HE (802.11ax) updates
 * mesh link probing support
 * enhancements of multi-BSSID support (also related to HE)
 * OWE userspace processing support
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 16:05:52 -04:00
Weihang Li
96490a1c09 net: hns3: remove reset after command send failed
It's meaningless to trigger reset when failed to send command to IMP,
because the failure is usually caused by no authority, illegal command
and so on. When that happened, we just need to return the status code
for further debugging.

Signed-off-by: Weihang Li <liweihang@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:13:29 -04:00
Huazhong Tan
7b8f622e53 net: hns3: prevent double free in hns3_put_ring_config()
This patch adds a check for the hns3_put_ring_config() to prevent
double free, and for more readable, move the NULL assignment of
priv->ring_data into the hns3_put_ring_config().

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:13:28 -04:00
liuzhongzhu
fd85717d28 net: hns3: extend the loopback state acquisition time
The test results show that the maximum time of hardware return
to mac link state is 500MS.The software needs to set twice the
maximum time of hardware return state (1000MS).

If not modified, the loopback test returns probability failure.

Signed-off-by: liuzhongzhu <liuzhongzhu@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:13:28 -04:00
Huazhong Tan
fba2efdae8 net: hns3: fix pause configure fail problem
When configure pause, current implementation returns directly
after setup PFC without setup BP, which is not sufficient.

So this patch fixes it, only return while setting PFC failed.

Fixes: 44e59e375b ("net: hns3: do not return GE PFC setting err when initializing")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:13:28 -04:00
Huazhong Tan
146e92c13f net: hns3: not reset TQP in the DOWN while VF resetting
Since the hardware does not handle mailboxes and the hardware
reset include TQP reset, so it is unnecessary to reset TQP
in the hclgevf_ae_stop() while doing VF reset. Also it is
unnecessary to reset the remaining TQP when one reset fails.

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:13:28 -04:00
Huazhong Tan
b7048d324b net: hns3: use a reserved byte to identify need_resp flag
This patch uses a reserved byte in the hclge_mbx_vf_to_pf_cmd
to save the need_resp flag, so when PF received the mailbox,
it can use it to decise whether send a response to VF.

For hclge_set_vf_uc_mac_addr(), it should use mbx_need_resp flag
to decide whether send response to VF.

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:13:28 -04:00
Huazhong Tan
30780a8b16 net: hns3: use atomic_t replace u32 for arq's count
Since irq handler and mailbox task will both update arq's count,
so arq's count should use atomic_t instead of u32, otherwise
its value may go wrong finally.

Fixes: 07a0556a3a ("net: hns3: Changes to support ARQ(Asynchronous Receive Queue)")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:13:28 -04:00
Huazhong Tan
1416d333a4 net: hns3: stop sending keep alive msg when VF command queue needs reinit
HCLGEVF_STATE_CMD_DISABLE is more suitable than
HCLGEVF_STATE_RST_HANDLING to stop sending keep alive msg,
since HCLGEVF_STATE_RST_HANDLING only be set when the reset
task is running.

Fixes: c59a85c07e ("net: hns3: stop sending keep alive msg to PF when VF is resetting")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:13:28 -04:00
Yunsheng Lin
ea48586707 net: hns3: handle the BD info on the last BD of the packet
The bdinfo handled in hns3_handle_bdinfo is only valid on the
last BD of the current packet, currently the bd info may be handled
based on the first BD if the packet has more than two BDs, which
may cause rx error.

This patch fixes it by using the last BD of the current packet in
hns3_handle_bdinfo.

Also, hns3_set_rx_skb_rss_type has used RSS hash value from the last
BD of the current packet, so remove the same last BD calculation in
hns3_set_rx_skb_rss_type and call it from hns3_handle_bdinfo.

Fixes: e559709505 ("net: hns3: Add handling of GRO Pkts not fully RX'ed in NAPI poll")

Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:13:28 -04:00
Yunsheng Lin
63380a1ae4 net: hns3: fix for TX clean num when cleaning TX BD
hns3_desc_unused() returns how many BD have been cleaned, but new
buffer has not been attached to them. The register of
HNS3_RING_RX_RING_FBDNUM_REG returns how many BD need allocating new
buffer to or need to cleaned. So the remaining BD need to be clean
is HNS3_RING_RX_RING_FBDNUM_REG - hns3_desc_unused().

Also, new buffer can not attach to the pending BD when the last BD is
not handled, because memcpy has not been done on the first pending BD.

This patch fixes by subtracting the pending BD num from unused_count
after 'HNS3_RING_RX_RING_FBDNUM_REG - unused_count' is used to calculate
the BD bum need to be clean.

Fixes: e559709505 ("net: hns3: Add handling of GRO Pkts not fully RX'ed in NAPI poll")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:13:28 -04:00
Yunsheng Lin
26cda2f161 net: hns3: fix data race between ring->next_to_clean
hns3_clean_tx_ring calls hns3_nic_reclaim_one_desc to clean
buffers and set ring->next_to_clean, then hns3_nic_net_xmit
reuses the cleaned buffers. But there are no memory barriers
when buffers gets recycled, so the recycled buffers can be
corrupted.

This patch uses smp_store_release to update ring->next_to_clean
and smp_load_acquire to read ring->next_to_clean to properly
hand off buffers from hns3_clean_tx_ring to hns3_nic_net_xmit.

Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:13:28 -04:00
Dirk van der Merwe
790d23e7c5 nfp: implement PCI driver shutdown callback
Device may be shutdown without the hardware being reinitialized, in
which case we want to ensure we cleanup properly.

This is especially important for kexec with traffic flowing.

The shutdown procedures resembles the remove procedures, so we can reuse
those common tasks.

Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:08:13 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
fdfdf86720 net: phy: marvell: Fix buffer overrun with stats counters
marvell_get_sset_count() returns how many statistics counters there
are. If the PHY supports fibre, there are 3, otherwise two.

marvell_get_strings() does not make this distinction, and always
returns 3 strings. This then often results in writing past the end
of the buffer for the strings.

Fixes: 2170fef78a ("Marvell phy: add field to get errors from fiber link.")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:06:14 -04:00
Heiner Kallweit
8c90b795e9 net: phy: improve genphy_soft_reset
PHY's behave differently when being reset. Some reset registers to
defaults, some don't. Some trigger an autoneg restart, some don't.

So let's also set the autoneg restart bit when resetting. Then PHY
behavior should be more consistent. Clearing BMCR_ISOLATE serves the
same purpose and is borrowed from genphy_restart_aneg.

BMCR holds the speed / duplex settings in fixed mode. Therefore
we may have an issue if a soft reset resets BMCR to its default.
So better call genphy_setup_forced() afterwards in fixed mode.
We've seen no related complaint in the last >10 yrs, so let's
treat it as an improvement.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:56:54 -04:00
Guenter Roeck
f7abc0618a usbnet: ipheth: Simplify device detection
All Apple products use the same protocol for tethering over USB.
To simplify the code and make it future proof, use
USB_VENDOR_AND_INTERFACE_INFO() instead of
USB_DEVICE_AND_INTERFACE_INFO() to automatically detect and support
all existing and future Apple products using the same interface.

Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:34:01 -04:00
Bjørn Mork
88ef66a283 qmi_wwan: new Wistron, ZTE and D-Link devices
Adding device entries found in vendor modified versions of this
driver.  Function maps for some of the devices follow:

WNC D16Q1, D16Q5, D18Q1 LTE CAT3 module (1435:0918)

MI_00 Qualcomm HS-USB Diagnostics
MI_01 Android Debug interface
MI_02 Qualcomm HS-USB Modem
MI_03 Qualcomm Wireless HS-USB Ethernet Adapter
MI_04 Qualcomm Wireless HS-USB Ethernet Adapter
MI_05 Qualcomm Wireless HS-USB Ethernet Adapter
MI_06 USB Mass Storage Device

 T:  Bus=02 Lev=01 Prnt=01 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#=  2 Spd=480 MxCh= 0
 D:  Ver= 2.00 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS=64 #Cfgs=  1
 P:  Vendor=1435 ProdID=0918 Rev= 2.32
 S:  Manufacturer=Android
 S:  Product=Android
 S:  SerialNumber=0123456789ABCDEF
 C:* #Ifs= 7 Cfg#= 1 Atr=80 MxPwr=500mA
 I:* If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 2 Cls=ff(vend.) Sub=ff Prot=ff Driver=option
 E:  Ad=81(I) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 512 Ivl=0ms
 E:  Ad=01(O) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 512 Ivl=0ms
 I:* If#= 1 Alt= 0 #EPs= 2 Cls=ff(vend.) Sub=42 Prot=01 Driver=(none)
 E:  Ad=82(I) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 512 Ivl=0ms
 E:  Ad=02(O) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 512 Ivl=0ms
 I:* If#= 2 Alt= 0 #EPs= 3 Cls=ff(vend.) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=option
 E:  Ad=84(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS=  64 Ivl=32ms
 E:  Ad=83(I) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 512 Ivl=0ms
 E:  Ad=03(O) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 512 Ivl=0ms
 I:* If#= 3 Alt= 0 #EPs= 3 Cls=ff(vend.) Sub=ff Prot=ff Driver=qmi_wwan
 E:  Ad=86(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS=  64 Ivl=32ms
 E:  Ad=85(I) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 512 Ivl=0ms
 E:  Ad=04(O) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 512 Ivl=0ms
 I:* If#= 4 Alt= 0 #EPs= 3 Cls=ff(vend.) Sub=ff Prot=ff Driver=qmi_wwan
 E:  Ad=88(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS=  64 Ivl=32ms
 E:  Ad=87(I) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 512 Ivl=0ms
 I:* If#= 5 Alt= 0 #EPs= 3 Cls=ff(vend.) Sub=ff Prot=ff Driver=qmi_wwan
 E:  Ad=8a(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS=  64 Ivl=32ms
 E:  Ad=89(I) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 512 Ivl=0ms
 E:  Ad=06(O) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 512 Ivl=0ms

WNC D18 LTE CAT3 module (1435:d182)

MI_00 Qualcomm HS-USB Diagnostics
MI_01 Androd Debug interface
MI_02 Qualcomm HS-USB Modem
MI_03 Qualcomm HS-USB NMEA
MI_04 Qualcomm Wireless HS-USB Ethernet Adapter
MI_05 Qualcomm Wireless HS-USB Ethernet Adapter
MI_06 USB Mass Storage Device

ZM8510/ZM8620/ME3960 (19d2:0396)

MI_00 ZTE Mobile Broadband Diagnostics Port
MI_01 ZTE Mobile Broadband AT Port
MI_02 ZTE Mobile Broadband Modem
MI_03 ZTE Mobile Broadband NDIS Port (qmi_wwan)
MI_04 ZTE Mobile Broadband ADB Port

ME3620_X (19d2:1432)

MI_00 ZTE Diagnostics Device
MI_01 ZTE UI AT Interface
MI_02 ZTE Modem Device
MI_03 ZTE Mobile Broadband Network Adapter
MI_04 ZTE Composite ADB Interface

Reported-by: Lars Melin <larsm17@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:30:44 -04:00
Gustavo A. R. Silva
950347f5f7 cnic: Refactor code and mark expected switch fall-through
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, refactor code a
bit and mark switch cases where we are expecting to fall through.

This patch fixes the following warning:

drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/cnic.c: In function ‘cnic_cm_process_kcqe’:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/cnic.c:4044:11: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
    opcode = L4_KCQE_OPCODE_VALUE_CLOSE_COMP;
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/cnic.c:4050:2: note: here
  case L4_KCQE_OPCODE_VALUE_RESET_RECEIVED:
  ^~~~

Warning level 3 was used: -Wimplicit-fallthrough=3

Notice that, in this particular case, the code comment is modified
in accordance with what GCC is expecting to find.

This patch is part of the ongoing efforts to enable
-Wimplicit-fallthrough.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:28:47 -04:00
Gustavo A. R. Silva
05dd264530 cxgb4/cxgb4vf_main: Mark expected switch fall-through
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch
cases where we are expecting to fall through.

This patch fixes the following warning:

drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/cxgb4vf_main.c: In function ‘fwevtq_handler’:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/cxgb4vf_main.c:520:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
   cpl = (void *)p;
   ~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/cxgb4vf_main.c:524:2: note: here
  case CPL_SGE_EGR_UPDATE: {
  ^~~~

Warning level 3 was used: -Wimplicit-fallthrough=3

Notice that, in this particular case, the code comment is modified
in accordance with what GCC is expecting to find.

This patch is part of the ongoing efforts to enable
-Wimplicit-fallthrough.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:28:47 -04:00
Gustavo A. R. Silva
9b8221d4ed wimax/i2400m/control: Mark expected switch fall-through
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch
cases where we are expecting to fall through.

This patch fixes the following warning:

In file included from drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/debug-levels.h:30,
                 from drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/control.c:86:
drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/control.c: In function ‘i2400m_report_tlv_system_state’:
./include/linux/wimax/debug.h:200:4: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
 do {         \
    ^
./include/linux/wimax/debug.h:404:36: note: in expansion of macro ‘_d_printf’
 #define d_printf(l, _dev, f, a...) _d_printf(l, "", _dev, f, ## a)
                                    ^~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/control.c:354:3: note: in expansion of macro ‘d_printf’
   d_printf(1, dev, "entering BS-negotiated idle mode\n");
   ^~~~~~~~
drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/control.c:355:2: note: here
  case I2400M_SS_DISCONNECTING:
  ^~~~

Warning level 3 was used: -Wimplicit-fallthrough=3

This patch is part of the ongoing efforts to enable
-Wimplicit-fallthrough.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:28:47 -04:00
Gustavo A. R. Silva
a36de5b775 amd-xgbe: Mark expected switch fall-throughs
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch
cases where we are expecting to fall through.

This patch fixes the following warnings:

In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-drv.c:129:
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-drv.c: In function ‘xgbe_set_hwtstamp_settings’:
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-common.h:1392:9: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
  (_var) |= (((_val) & ((0x1 << (_width)) - 1)) << (_index)); \
  ~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-common.h:1419:2: note: in expansion of macro ‘SET_BITS’
  SET_BITS((_var),      \
  ^~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-drv.c:1614:3: note: in expansion of macro ‘XGMAC_SET_BITS’
   XGMAC_SET_BITS(mac_tscr, MAC_TSCR, TSVER2ENA, 1);
   ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-drv.c:1616:2: note: here
  case HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V1_L4_EVENT:
  ^~~~
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-drv.c:129:
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-common.h:1392:9: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
  (_var) |= (((_val) & ((0x1 << (_width)) - 1)) << (_index)); \
  ~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-common.h:1419:2: note: in expansion of macro ‘SET_BITS’
  SET_BITS((_var),      \
  ^~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-drv.c:1625:3: note: in expansion of macro ‘XGMAC_SET_BITS’
   XGMAC_SET_BITS(mac_tscr, MAC_TSCR, TSVER2ENA, 1);
   ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-drv.c:1627:2: note: here
  case HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V1_L4_SYNC:
  ^~~~
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-drv.c:129:
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-common.h:1392:9: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
  (_var) |= (((_val) & ((0x1 << (_width)) - 1)) << (_index)); \
  ~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-common.h:1419:2: note: in expansion of macro ‘SET_BITS’
  SET_BITS((_var),      \
  ^~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-drv.c:1636:3: note: in expansion of macro ‘XGMAC_SET_BITS’
   XGMAC_SET_BITS(mac_tscr, MAC_TSCR, TSVER2ENA, 1);
   ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-drv.c:1638:2: note: here
  case HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V1_L4_DELAY_REQ:
  ^~~~

Warning level 3 was used: -Wimplicit-fallthrough=3

Notice that, in this particular case, the code comments are modified
in accordance with what GCC is expecting to find.

This patch is part of the ongoing efforts to enable
-Wimplicit-fallthrough.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:28:47 -04:00
Fabien Dessenne
56c5bc1849 net: ethernet: stmmac: manage the get_irq probe defer case
Manage the -EPROBE_DEFER error case for "stm32_pwr_wakeup"  IRQ.

Signed-off-by: Fabien Dessenne <fabien.dessenne@st.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:25:39 -04:00
Wright Feng
9ef77fbeda brcmfmac: send mailbox interrupt twice for specific hardware device
For PCIE wireless device with core revision less than 14, device may miss
PCIE to System Backplane Interrupt via PCIEtoSBMailbox. So add sending
mail box interrupt twice as a hardware workaround.

Signed-off-by: Wright Feng <wright.feng@cypress.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-26 15:00:53 +03:00
YueHaibing
a0656c6ec2 rtlwifi: rtl8192cu: remove set but not used variable 'turbo_scanoff'
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:

drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192cu/rf.c: In function 'rtl92cu_phy_rf6052_set_cck_txpower':
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192cu/rf.c:45:7: warning: variable 'turbo_scanoff' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

It is not used any more since
commit e9b0784bb9 ("rtlwifi: rtl8192cu: Fix some code in RF handling")

Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-26 14:58:53 +03:00
Jeff Xie
0b2ff1ff64 mwl8k: move spin_lock_bh to spin_lock in tasklet
It is unnecessary to call spin_lock_bh in a tasklet.

Signed-off-by: Jeff Xie <chongguiguzi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-26 14:57:15 +03:00
Sergey Matyukevich
0b68fe10b8 qtnfmac: modify debugfs to support multiple cards
This patch modifies location of debugfs entries and their naming
conventions to support multiple wireless cards on pcie host.
Selected approach is to use separate directories for different
wireless cards in top-level qtnfmac debugfs directory.

Here is an example that clarifies the chosen naming conventions:

 $ sudo ls /sys/kernel/debug/qtnfmac/
   qtnfmac_pcie:0000:01:00.0

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-26 14:53:13 +03:00
Igor Mitsyanko
888f1564a2 qtnfmac: allow to control DFS slave radar detection
In ETSI region DFS slave device can operate in two modes on DFS channels:
 - do on-channel radar detection and use higher Tx power
 - don't do radar detection and use lower Tx power as a consequence

Allow user to control that behavior through qtnfmac module parameter.

Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-26 14:53:12 +03:00
Sergey Matyukevich
4f87d486fa qtnfmac: handle channel switch events for connected stations only
Channel switch events from firmware should be processed only when STA
is already connected to BSS. On connect this notification is not needed
since full BSS info will be supplied by cfg80211_connect_result.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-26 14:53:12 +03:00
Alexander Wetzel
cfe7007a9b mac80211_hwsim: Extended Key ID support
Allow Extended Key ID to be used with hwsim.

Hwsim can only communicate with other hwsim cards, allowing it to bypass
creation of A-MPDUs in the first place.

Mixing keyIDs in an A-MPDU is therefore impossible and can never cause
interoperability issues with other cards.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
[reword comment slightly]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-04-26 13:02:11 +02:00
Avraham Stern
0538395031 mac80211_hwsim: set p2p device interface support indication
P2P device interface type was not indicated in the supported
interface types even when hwsim was configured with p2p device
support. Fix it.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-04-26 13:02:11 +02:00
Jiri Pirko
a62fdbbe94 netdevsim: implement ndo_get_devlink_port
Implement ndo_get_devlink_port and allow switch_id and port_name to be
handled by devlink.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:03 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
e05b2d141f netdevsim: move netdev creation/destruction to dev probe
Remove the existing way to create netdevsim over rtnetlink and move the
netdev creation/destruction to dev probe, so for every probed port,
a netdevsim-netdev instance is created.

Adjust selftests to work with new interface.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:03 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
794b2c05ca netdevsim: extend device attrs to support port addition and deletion
In order to test flows in core, it is beneficial to maintain previously
supported possibility to add and delete ports during netdevsim lifetime.
Do it by extending device sysfs attrs by "new_port" and "del_port".

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:03 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
8320d14591 netdevsim: implement dev probe/remove skeleton with port initialization
Implement netdevsim bus probing of netdevsim devices. For every probed
device create a devlink instance. According to the user-passed value,
create a number of ports represented by devlink port instances.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:02 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
ab1d0cc004 netdevsim: change debugfs tree topology
With the model where dev is represented by devlink and ports are
represented by devlink ports, make debugfs file names independent
on netdev names. Change the topology to the one illustrated
by the following example:

$ ls /sys/kernel/debug/netdevsim/
netdevsim1
$ ls /sys/kernel/debug/netdevsim/netdevsim1/
bpf_bind_accept  bpf_bind_verifier_delay  bpf_bound_progs  ports
$ ls /sys/kernel/debug/netdevsim/netdevsim1/ports/
0  1
$ ls /sys/kernel/debug/netdevsim/netdevsim1/ports/0/
bpf_map_accept  bpf_offloaded_id  bpf_tc_accept  bpf_tc_non_bound_accept  bpf_xdpdrv_accept  bpf_xdpoffload_accept  dev  ipsec
$ ls /sys/kernel/debug/netdevsim/netdevsim1/ports/0/dev -l
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Apr 13 15:58 /sys/kernel/debug/netdevsim/netdevsim1/ports/0/dev -> ../../../netdevsim1

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:02 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
514cf64cc5 netdevsim: generate random switch id instead of using dev id
Current implementation of parent_id/switch_id does not follow the
original idea of being unique. The values are "0", "1", etc. Instead of
that, generate 32 random bytes.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:02 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
d514f41e79 netdevsim: merge sdev into dev
As previously introduce dev which is mapped 1:1 to a bus device covers
the purpose of the original shared device, merge the sdev code into dev.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:02 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
a60f9e48b7 netdevsim: rename dev_init/exit() functions and make them independent on ns
These functions are going to be called from bus probe/release(),
therefore make them independent on ns struct and rename accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:02 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
f9d9db47d3 netdevsim: add bus attributes to add new and delete devices
Add a way to add new netdevsim device on netdevsim bus and also to
delete existing netdevsim device from the bus. Track the bus devices
in using a list.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:02 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
57ce977495 netdevsim: use ida for bus device ids
Instead of increments of u32 value, use ida to manage bus device ids.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:02 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
23d415dae9 netdevsim: add stub netdevsim driver implementation
In order to bus probing to work correctly, register a simple  netdevsim
driver implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:02 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
40e4fe4ce1 netdevsim: move device registration and related code to bus.c
Move netdevsim device registration into bus.c and alongside with that
the related sysfs attributes. Introduce new struct nsim_bus_dev to
represent a netdevsim device on netdevsim bus.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:02 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
925f5afedb netdevsim: put netdevsim bus code into separate file
As the code related to netdevsim bus is going to get bigger, move the
existing code to a separate file.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:02 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
8fb4bc6fd5 netdevsim: rename devlink.c to dev.c to contain per-dev(asic) items
The existing devlink.c code is going to be extended to represent asic
device on a bus. As this is about more than just devlink,
rename the file. Do appropriate prefix renaming alongside with that.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:02 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
5fc494225c netdevsim: create devlink instance per netdevsim instance
Currently there is one devlink instance created per network namespace.
That is quite odd considering the fact that devlink instance should
represent an ASIC. The following patches are going to move the devlink
instance even more down to a bus device, but until then, have one
devlink instance per netdevsim instance. Struct nsim_devlink is
introduced to hold fib setting.

The changes in the fib code are only related to holding the
configuration per devlink instance instead of network namespace.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:02 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
1daf36c0db netdevsim: move device registration on bus to be done earlier in init
As a dependency of the subsequent patch, mode device registration to be
done earlier, directly in nsim_newlink().

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 01:52:02 -04:00
David S. Miller
8b44836583 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Two easy cases of overlapping changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-25 23:52:29 -04:00
Paolo Bonzini
147b502bda wlcore: simplify/fix/optimize reg_ch_conf_pending operations
Bitmaps are defined on unsigned longs, so the usage of u32[2] in the
wlcore driver is incorrect.  As noted by Peter Zijlstra, casting arrays
to a bitmap is incorrect for big-endian architectures.

When looking at it I observed that:

- operations on reg_ch_conf_pending is always under the wl_lock mutex,
so set_bit is overkill

- the only case where reg_ch_conf_pending is accessed a u32 at a time is
unnecessary too.

This patch cleans up everything in this area, and changes tmp_ch_bitmap
to have the proper alignment.

Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Fenghua Yu <fenghua.yu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 20:12:10 +03:00
Kalle Valo
324f1feb96 Revert "brcmfmac: send mailbox interrupt twice for specific hardware device"
This reverts commit 99d94ef367. I accidentally
applied this broken (failed to compile) patch due to a bug in my patchwork
script.

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 20:08:31 +03:00
Wright Feng
99d94ef367 brcmfmac: send mailbox interrupt twice for specific hardware device
For PCIE wireless device with core revision less than 14, device may miss
PCIE to System Backplane Interrupt via PCIEtoSBMailbox. So add sending
mail box interrupt twice as a hardware workaround.

Signed-off-by: Wright Feng <wright.feng@cypress.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:59:04 +03:00
Gabor Juhos
d0e61a0f7c rt2x00: add RT3883 support
Patch add support for RT3883 chip. Code was taken direclty
from openwrt project and merge into one patch.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:58:28 +03:00
Hans de Goede
b1a0ba8f77 brcmfmac: Add DMI nvram filename quirk for ACEPC T8 and T11 mini PCs
The ACEPC T8 and T11 mini PCs contain quite generic names in the sys_vendor
and product_name DMI strings, without this patch brcmfmac will try to load:
"brcmfmac43455-sdio.Default string-Default string.txt" as nvram file which
is way too generic.

The DMI strings on which we are matching are somewhat generic too, but
"To be filled by O.E.M." is less common then "Default string" and the
system-sku and bios-version strings are pretty unique. Beside the DMI
strings we also check the wifi-module chip-id and revision. I'm confident
that the combination of all this is unique.

Both the T8 and T11 use the same wifi-module, this commit adds DMI
quirks for both mini PCs pointing to brcmfmac43455-sdio.acepc-t8.txt .

BugLink: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1690852
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:57:44 +03:00
Pan Bian
8149069db8 p54: drop device reference count if fails to enable device
The function p54p_probe takes an extra reference count of the PCI
device. However, the extra reference count is not dropped when it fails
to enable the PCI device. This patch fixes the bug.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Pan Bian <bianpan2016@163.com>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:56:56 +03:00
Gustavo A. R. Silva
84242b82d8 rtlwifi: rtl8723ae: Fix missing break in switch statement
Add missing break statement in order to prevent the code from falling
through to case 0x1025, and erroneously setting rtlhal->oem_id to
RT_CID_819X_ACER when rtlefuse->eeprom_svid is equal to 0x10EC and
none of the cases in switch (rtlefuse->eeprom_smid) match.

This bug was found thanks to the ongoing efforts to enable
-Wimplicit-fallthrough.

Fixes: 238ad2ddf3 ("rtlwifi: rtl8723ae: Clean up the hardware info routine")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:55:48 +03:00
Colin Ian King
3b989e58e8 mwifiex: fix spelling mistake "capabilties" -> "capabilities"
There various spelling mistakes in function names and in message
text. Fix these.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Mukesh Ojha <mojha@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:55:06 +03:00
Colin Ian King
b9574ce1d0 iwlegacy: fix spelling mistake "acumulative" -> "accumulative"
Fix spelling mistakes in rx stats text. I missed these from an earlier
round of fixing the same spelling mistake.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Mukesh Ojha <mojha@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:54:36 +03:00
Tamás Szűcs
938c7c80c7 mwifiex: add support for SD8987 chipset
This patch adds support for Marvell 88W8987 chipset with SDIO interface.
Register offsets and supported feature flags are updated. The corresponding
firmware image file shall be "mrvl/sd8987_uapsta.bin".

Signed-off-by: Tamás Szűcs <tszucs@protonmail.ch>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:53:13 +03:00
Petr Štetiar
6b583201fa mwl8k: Fix rate_idx underflow
It was reported on OpenWrt bug tracking system[1], that several users
are affected by the endless reboot of their routers if they configure
5GHz interface with channel 44 or 48.

The reboot loop is caused by the following excessive number of WARN_ON
messages:

 WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 0 at backports-4.19.23-1/net/mac80211/rx.c:4516
                             ieee80211_rx_napi+0x1fc/0xa54 [mac80211]

as the messages are being correctly emitted by the following guard:

 case RX_ENC_LEGACY:
      if (WARN_ON(status->rate_idx >= sband->n_bitrates))

as the rate_idx is in this case erroneously set to 251 (0xfb). This fix
simply converts previously used magic number to proper constant and
guards against substraction which is leading to the currently observed
underflow.

1. https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2218

Fixes: 854783444b ("mwl8k: properly set receive status rate index on 5 GHz receive")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Tested-by: Eubert Bao <bunnier@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Eubert Bao <bunnier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:52:45 +03:00
YueHaibing
09ac2694b0 at76c50x-usb: Don't register led_trigger if usb_register_driver failed
Syzkaller report this:

[ 1213.468581] BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at fffffbfff83bf338
[ 1213.469530] #PF error: [normal kernel read fault]
[ 1213.469530] PGD 237fe4067 P4D 237fe4067 PUD 237e60067 PMD 1c868b067 PTE 0
[ 1213.473514] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP KASAN PTI
[ 1213.473514] CPU: 0 PID: 6321 Comm: syz-executor.0 Tainted: G         C        5.1.0-rc3+ #8
[ 1213.473514] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.10.2-1ubuntu1 04/01/2014
[ 1213.473514] RIP: 0010:strcmp+0x31/0xa0
[ 1213.473514] Code: 00 00 00 00 fc ff df 55 53 48 83 ec 08 eb 0a 84 db 48 89 ef 74 5a 4c 89 e6 48 89 f8 48 89 fa 48 8d 6f 01 48 c1 e8 03 83 e2 07 <42> 0f b6 04 28 38 d0 7f 04 84 c0 75 50 48 89 f0 48 89 f2 0f b6 5d
[ 1213.473514] RSP: 0018:ffff8881f2b7f950 EFLAGS: 00010246
[ 1213.473514] RAX: 1ffffffff83bf338 RBX: ffff8881ea6f7240 RCX: ffffffff825350c6
[ 1213.473514] RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: ffffffffc1ee19c0 RDI: ffffffffc1df99c0
[ 1213.473514] RBP: ffffffffc1df99c1 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: 0000000000000004
[ 1213.473514] R10: 0000000000000000 R11: ffff8881de353f00 R12: ffff8881ee727900
[ 1213.473514] R13: dffffc0000000000 R14: 0000000000000001 R15: ffffffffc1eeaaf0
[ 1213.473514] FS:  00007fa66fa01700(0000) GS:ffff8881f7200000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
[ 1213.473514] CS:  0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
[ 1213.473514] CR2: fffffbfff83bf338 CR3: 00000001ebb9e005 CR4: 00000000007606f0
[ 1213.473514] DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
[ 1213.473514] DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400
[ 1213.473514] PKRU: 55555554
[ 1213.473514] Call Trace:
[ 1213.473514]  led_trigger_register+0x112/0x3f0
[ 1213.473514]  led_trigger_register_simple+0x7a/0x110
[ 1213.473514]  ? 0xffffffffc1c10000
[ 1213.473514]  at76_mod_init+0x77/0x1000 [at76c50x_usb]
[ 1213.473514]  do_one_initcall+0xbc/0x47d
[ 1213.473514]  ? perf_trace_initcall_level+0x3a0/0x3a0
[ 1213.473514]  ? kasan_unpoison_shadow+0x30/0x40
[ 1213.473514]  ? kasan_unpoison_shadow+0x30/0x40
[ 1213.473514]  do_init_module+0x1b5/0x547
[ 1213.473514]  load_module+0x6405/0x8c10
[ 1213.473514]  ? module_frob_arch_sections+0x20/0x20
[ 1213.473514]  ? kernel_read_file+0x1e6/0x5d0
[ 1213.473514]  ? find_held_lock+0x32/0x1c0
[ 1213.473514]  ? cap_capable+0x1ae/0x210
[ 1213.473514]  ? __do_sys_finit_module+0x162/0x190
[ 1213.473514]  __do_sys_finit_module+0x162/0x190
[ 1213.473514]  ? __ia32_sys_init_module+0xa0/0xa0
[ 1213.473514]  ? __mutex_unlock_slowpath+0xdc/0x690
[ 1213.473514]  ? wait_for_completion+0x370/0x370
[ 1213.473514]  ? vfs_write+0x204/0x4a0
[ 1213.473514]  ? do_syscall_64+0x18/0x450
[ 1213.473514]  do_syscall_64+0x9f/0x450
[ 1213.473514]  entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x49/0xbe
[ 1213.473514] RIP: 0033:0x462e99
[ 1213.473514] Code: f7 d8 64 89 02 b8 ff ff ff ff c3 66 0f 1f 44 00 00 48 89 f8 48 89 f7 48 89 d6 48 89 ca 4d 89 c2 4d 89 c8 4c 8b 4c 24 08 0f 05 <48> 3d 01 f0 ff ff 73 01 c3 48 c7 c1 bc ff ff ff f7 d8 64 89 01 48
[ 1213.473514] RSP: 002b:00007fa66fa00c58 EFLAGS: 00000246 ORIG_RAX: 0000000000000139
[ 1213.473514] RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 000000000073bf00 RCX: 0000000000462e99
[ 1213.473514] RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 0000000020000300 RDI: 0000000000000003
[ 1213.473514] RBP: 00007fa66fa00c70 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000000
[ 1213.473514] R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000246 R12: 00007fa66fa016bc
[ 1213.473514] R13: 00000000004bcefa R14: 00000000006f6fb0 R15: 0000000000000004

If usb_register failed, no need to call led_trigger_register_simple.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Fixes: 1264b95146 ("at76c50x-usb: add driver")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:52:14 +03:00
Alexey Khoroshilov
d1717282af mwl8k: fix error handling in mwl8k_post_cmd()
If pci_map_single() fails in mwl8k_post_cmd(),
it returns -ENOMEM immediately, while cleanup is required.

Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).

Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:51:46 +03:00
Larry Finger
b25105e126 b43: Remove empty function lpphy_papd_cal()
In commit d825db346270e ("b43: shut up clang -Wuninitialized variable
warning"), the message noted that function lpphy_papd_cal() was empty
and had an old TODO regarding its implementation. As the reverse
engineering project that created the LP-PHY version of this driver
has not been active for some time, it is safe to remove this empty
function.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:51:16 +03:00
Dan Carpenter
b4c35c1722 mwifiex: prevent an array overflow
The "rate_index" is only used as an index into the phist_data->rx_rate[]
array in the mwifiex_hist_data_set() function.  That array has
MWIFIEX_MAX_AC_RX_RATES (74) elements and it's used to generate some
debugfs information.  The "rate_index" variable comes from the network
skb->data[] and it is a u8 so it's in the 0-255 range.  We need to cap
it to prevent an array overflow.

Fixes: cbf6e05527 ("mwifiex: add rx histogram statistics support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:50:21 +03:00
Gustavo A. R. Silva
0c7beb2db9 zd1211rw: use struct_size() helper
Make use of the struct_size() helper instead of an open-coded version
in order to avoid any potential type mistakes, in particular in the
context in which this code is being used.

So, replace code of the following form:

sizeof(struct usb_req_write_regs) + count * sizeof(struct reg_data)

with:

struct_size(req, reg_writes, count)

This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:49:50 +03:00
Gustavo A. R. Silva
ae187ba915 mwifiex: use struct_size() in kzalloc()
One of the more common cases of allocation size calculations is finding
the size of a structure that has a zero-sized array at the end, along
with memory for some number of elements for that array. For example:

struct foo {
    int stuff;
    struct boo entry[];
};

size = sizeof(struct foo) + count * sizeof(struct boo);
instance = kzalloc(size, GFP_KERNEL)

Instead of leaving these open-coded and prone to type mistakes, we can
now use the new struct_size() helper:

instance = kzalloc(struct_size(instance, entry, count), GFP_KERNEL)

Notice that, in this case, variable regd_size is not necessary,
hence it is removed.

This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:45:14 +03:00
Siva Rebbagondla
0a60014b76 rsi: miscallaneous changes for 9116 and common
Below changes are done:
* Device 80MHz clock should be disabled for 9116 in 20MHz band.
* Default edca parameters should be used initially before
  connection.
* Default TA aggregation is 3 for 9116.
* Bootup parameters should be loaded first when channel is
  changed.
* 4 byte register writes are possible for 9116.

Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva8118@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:44:29 +03:00
Siva Rebbagondla
17ff2c794f rsi: reset device changes for 9116
Device reset register(watchdog timer related) addresses and
values are different for 9116.

Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva8118@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:44:29 +03:00
Siva Rebbagondla
1533f976c6 rsi: send new tx command frame wlan9116 features
For 9116 device, we have introduced w9116 features frame, which shall be
send when radio capabilities confirm is received.

Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva8118@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:44:28 +03:00
Siva Rebbagondla
f911c86166 rsi: new bootup parameters for 9116
Bootup parameters are different for 9116 device. Check added for device
model where-ever bootup parameters are being send.

Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva8118@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:44:27 +03:00
Siva Rebbagondla
9ba4562ac1 rsi: change in device init frame sequence for 9116
Initial frame exchange sequence has been changed for 9116 chip. Getting MAC
address using EEPROM read frame will be once common device configuration is
done and RESET_MAC frame is sending after bootup parameters confirmation is
received, which are different from RS9113 device

Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva8118@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:44:26 +03:00
Siva Rebbagondla
e5a1ecc97e rsi: add firmware loading for 9116 device
New firmware files and firmware loading method are added for 9116.

Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva8118@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:44:25 +03:00
Siva Rebbagondla
3ac61578fb rsi: move common part of firmware load to separate function
Till software bootloader ready state, communication with device is common
for 9113 and 9116. Hence moved that part of firmware loading to separate
function rsi_prepare_fw_load(). Also LMAC_VER_OFFSET is different for 9113
and 9116, so renamed existing macro to LMAC_VER_OFFSET_9113

Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva8118@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:44:24 +03:00
Siva Rebbagondla
54fdb318c1 rsi: add new device model for 9116
9116 device id entry is added in both SDIO and USB interfaces.
New enumberation value taken for the device model. Based on the
device model detected run time, few device specific operations
needs to be performed.

adding rsi_dev_model to get device type in run time, as we can use
same driver for 9113 and 9116 except few firmware load changes.

Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva8118@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:44:23 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
9ea3812f01 rt2x00mmio: remove legacy comment
Remove comment about fields that were removed.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:43:09 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
d954f9e3fb rt2x00: remove not used entry field
Remove not used any longer queue_entry field and flag.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:43:08 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
eb662b1dc6 rt2x00: remove last_nostatus_check
We do not any longer check txstatus timeout from tasklet, so do not need
this optimization.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:43:07 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
e5ceab9df4 rt2800mmio: use timer and work for handling tx statuses timeouts
Sometimes we can get into situation when there are pending statuses,
but we do not get INT_SOURCE_CSR_TX_FIFO_STATUS. Handle this situation
by arming timeout timer and read statuses (it will fix case when
we just do not have irq) and queue work to handle case we missed
statues from hardware FIFO.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:43:06 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
2c7ba758cc rt2800mmio: fetch tx status changes
Prepare to use rt2800mmio_fetch_txstatus() in concurrent manner and drop
return value since is not longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:43:05 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
6efa798764 rt2800: move txstatus pending routine
Move rt2800usb_txstatus_pending routine to rt2800lib. It will be reused
by rt2800mmio code.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:43:04 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
f61131505e rt2800: new flush implementation for SoC devices
Use new flush_queue() callback for SoC devices, what was already done for
PCIe devices.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:43:04 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
889bb866ba rt2800: partially restore old mmio txstatus behaviour
Do not disable txstatus interrupt and add quota of processed tx statuses in
one tasklet. Quota is needed to allow to fed device with new frames during
processing of tx statuses.

Patch fixes about 15% performance degradation on some scenarios caused by
0b0d556e0e ("rt2800mmio: use txdone/txstatus routines from lib").

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:43:03 +03:00
Aditya Pakki
d5414c2355 rsi: Fix NULL pointer dereference in kmalloc
kmalloc can fail in rsi_register_rates_channels but memcpy still attempts
to write to channels. The patch replaces these calls with kmemdup and
passes the error upstream.

Signed-off-by: Aditya Pakki <pakki001@umn.edu>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:42:26 +03:00
Tomislav Požega
9490c56024 rt2x00: code-style fix in rt2800usb.c
Remove space leftovers.

Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:41:42 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
61a4e5ff0d rt2x00: do not print error when queue is full
For unknown reasons printk() on some context can cause CPU hung on
embedded MT7620 AP/router MIPS platforms. What can result on wifi
disconnects.

This patch move queue full messages to debug level what is consistent
with other mac80211 drivers which drop packet silently if tx queue is
full. This make MT7620 OpenWRT routers more stable, what was reported
by various users.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:40:54 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
e383c70474 rt2x00: check number of EPROTO errors
Some USB host devices/drivers on some conditions can always return
EPROTO error on submitted URBs. That can cause infinity loop in the
rt2x00 driver.

Since we can have single EPROTO errors we can not mark as device as
removed to avoid infinity loop. However we can count consecutive
EPROTO errors and mark device as removed if get lot of it.
I choose number 10 as threshold.

Reported-and-tested-by: Randy Oostdyk <linux-kernel@oostdyk.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:40:53 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
bb3b18c925 rt2x00: use ratelimited variants dev_warn/dev_err
As reported by Randy we can overwhelm logs on some USB error conditions.
To avoid that use dev_warn_ratelimited() and dev_err_ratelimitd().

Reported-and-tested-by: Randy Oostdyk <linux-kernel@oostdyk.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:40:52 +03:00
Kangjie Lu
0ed2a00534 net: cw1200: fix a NULL pointer dereference
In case create_singlethread_workqueue fails, the fix free the
hardware and returns NULL to avoid NULL pointer dereference.

Signed-off-by: Kangjie Lu <kjlu@umn.edu>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:40:09 +03:00
YueHaibing
3b6edcb3ff ray_cs: use remove_proc_subtree to simplify procfs code
Use remove_proc_subtree to remove the whole subtree

Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:38:52 +03:00
YueHaibing
444efbde32 ray_cs: Check return value of pcmcia_register_driver
init_ray_cs does not check value of pcmcia_register_driver,
if it fails, there maybe cause a NULL pointer dereference in
exit_ray_cs.

Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:38:26 +03:00
Gustavo A. R. Silva
d442af2e1b rndis_wlan: use struct_size() helper
Make use of the struct_size() helper instead of an open-coded version
in order to avoid any potential type mistakes, in particular in the
context in which this code is being used.

So, replace code of the following form:

sizeof(*pmkids) + max_pmkids * sizeof(pmkids->bssid_info[0])

with:

struct_size(pmkids, bssid_info, num_pmkids)

This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 19:37:44 +03:00
Kalle Valo
b99561c513 Third batch of patches intended for v5.2
* Bump the 20000-series FW API version supported;
 * Work on the new debugging infra continues;
 * One clean-up to prevent a bogus warning with clang;
 * A small cleanup in the PCI ID list;
 * Work on new hardware continues;
 * RTT confidence indication support for FTM;
 * An improvement in HE rate-scaling;
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIzBAABCgAdFiEEF3LNfgb2BPWm68smoUecoho8xfoFAly5eWAACgkQoUecoho8
 xfqEIRAAlMWOsctlnqlA2oxuf4V/tAvI3rHPiPHbdrBGCM13muIihP/FXXFgDQTY
 k55o2Ugg5RTwitdhL3jU//meF+a755FvEqAD8BK1SfySid7frWvNMXIK8kWWp6Cw
 VzwG3gfZ0hV21P8gYdfg+HLwfiBHDKNGUAj08pA3jXAxA+tG6VrXNNGuHe5Jy3pK
 JxGNSQUtdHZPx6UVI5Em3Al+bfLmhXRlDDlZQl1amPY5+zHEvBJLSi9Mmf8UShle
 YDnFDUA3co6BDvuOaOM7j5buvb7sj+pEMQMTfhcnLtqo5cSF1eEbYHw0aZKYG9rl
 Ueej9moQoTNZWoy9DJVGrMWZd86XEmplgCEfrl7ricGVuOq73GWneeU7uuUnnMZr
 5SiS6o54WalYE0sY8RfhDWRWgAdN1chGmtrPsq+iIfOoEfnTzIqfKW4sG0MqIVHP
 UNyx8aBM0ebjfa1s6xSVBwEEZYCCdOHl1O56UVcvnHzB+c82xj2nadO7ebOnBKBf
 CQnUKCNWbE1HbLiAJdGWYHTWGdMkswDMYl8Zqf0Q2KZ2uCpmWHbjgSyVqkkUnYR1
 5vF+2kMJfNhjw5aBnnP4W5ZQSjIpp+Rtvnui9WiSYinXbfZ+b3EfJwx/2hKKq7d2
 y5lCCeX5hGKVp7P5fIOuN7shmvNrdyywawcRWwtlWmVpwHtkUKQ=
 =JJSw
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2019-04-18-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next

Third batch of patches intended for v5.2

* Bump the 20000-series FW API version supported;
* Work on the new debugging infra continues;
* One clean-up to prevent a bogus warning with clang;
* A small cleanup in the PCI ID list;
* Work on new hardware continues;
* RTT confidence indication support for FTM;
* An improvement in HE rate-scaling;
2019-04-25 18:26:23 +03:00
Jason Gunthorpe
1d045aa76f Merge branch 'mlx5_tir_icm' into rdma.git for-next
Ariel Levkovich says:

====================
The series exposes the ICM address of the receive transport
interface (TIR) of Raw Packet and RSS QPs to the user since they are
required to properly create and insert steering rules that direct flows to
these QPs.
====================

For dependencies this branch is based on mlx5-next from
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux

* branch 'mlx5_tir_icm':
  IB/mlx5: Expose TIR ICM address to user space
  net/mlx5: Introduce new TIR creation core API
  net/mlx5: Expose TIR ICM address in command outbox

Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
2019-04-25 10:33:00 -03:00
Douglas Anderson
b82d6c1f8f mwifiex: Make resume actually do something useful again on SDIO cards
The commit fc3a2fcaa1 ("mwifiex: use atomic bitops to represent
adapter status variables") had a fairly straightforward bug in it.  It
contained this bit of diff:

 - if (!adapter->is_suspended) {
 + if (test_bit(MWIFIEX_IS_SUSPENDED, &adapter->work_flags)) {

As you can see the patch missed the "!" when converting to the atomic
bitops.  This meant that the resume hasn't done anything at all since
that commit landed and suspend/resume for mwifiex SDIO cards has been
totally broken.

After fixing this mwifiex suspend/resume appears to work again, at
least with the simple testing I've done.

Fixes: fc3a2fcaa1 ("mwifiex: use atomic bitops to represent adapter status variables")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 14:05:14 +03:00
Eric Biggers
877b5691f2 crypto: shash - remove shash_desc::flags
The flags field in 'struct shash_desc' never actually does anything.
The only ostensibly supported flag is CRYPTO_TFM_REQ_MAY_SLEEP.
However, no shash algorithm ever sleeps, making this flag a no-op.

With this being the case, inevitably some users who can't sleep wrongly
pass MAY_SLEEP.  These would all need to be fixed if any shash algorithm
actually started sleeping.  For example, the shash_ahash_*() functions,
which wrap a shash algorithm with the ahash API, pass through MAY_SLEEP
from the ahash API to the shash API.  However, the shash functions are
called under kmap_atomic(), so actually they're assumed to never sleep.

Even if it turns out that some users do need preemption points while
hashing large buffers, we could easily provide a helper function
crypto_shash_update_large() which divides the data into smaller chunks
and calls crypto_shash_update() and cond_resched() for each chunk.  It's
not necessary to have a flag in 'struct shash_desc', nor is it necessary
to make individual shash algorithms aware of this at all.

Therefore, remove shash_desc::flags, and document that the
crypto_shash_*() functions can be called from any context.

Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
2019-04-25 15:38:12 +08:00
Ariel Levkovich
96780e4f46 net/mlx5: Introduce new TIR creation core API
Introducing new TIR creation core API which allows caller
to receive back from the call the full command outbox.

This comes as a preparation for the next patch that will
retrieve the TIR ICM address from the command outbox.

Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-24 12:33:37 -07:00
Jason Gunthorpe
449a224c10 Merge branch 'rdma_mmap' into rdma.git for-next
Jason Gunthorpe says:

====================
Upon review it turns out there are some long standing problems in BAR
mapping area:
 * BAR pages intended for read-only can be switched to writable via mprotect.
 * Missing use of rdma_user_mmap_io for the mlx5 clock BAR page.
 * Disassociate causes SIGBUS when touching the pages.
 * CPU pages are being mapped through to the process via remap_pfn_range
   instead of the more appropriate vm_insert_page, causing weird behaviors
   during disassociation.

This series adds the missing VM_* flag manipulation, adds faulting a zero
page for disassociation and revises the CPU page mappings to use
vm_insert_page.
====================

For dependencies this branch is based on for-rc from
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma.git

* branch 'rdma_mmap':
  RDMA: Remove rdma_user_mmap_page
  RDMA/mlx5: Use get_zeroed_page() for clock_info
  RDMA/ucontext: Fix regression with disassociate
  RDMA/mlx5: Use rdma_user_map_io for mapping BAR pages
  RDMA/mlx5: Do not allow the user to write to the clock page

Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
2019-04-24 16:20:34 -03:00
Rosen Penev
a3ddd94f3e net: mvneta: Switch to using devm_alloc_etherdev_mqs
It allows some of the code to be simplified.

Tested on Turris Omnia.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-24 11:51:19 -07:00
Miaohe Lin
6819e3f6d8 net: vrf: Fix operation not supported when set vrf mac
Vrf device is not able to change mac address now because lack of
ndo_set_mac_address. Complete this in case some apps need to do
this.

Reported-by: Hui Wang <wanghui104@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-24 11:45:04 -07:00
Kangjie Lu
22e8860cf8 net: ieee802154: fix missing checks for regmap_update_bits
regmap_update_bits could fail and deserves a check.

The patch adds the checks and if it fails, returns its error
code upstream.

Signed-off-by: Kangjie Lu <kjlu@umn.edu>
Reviewed-by: Mukesh Ojha <mojha@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
2019-04-24 20:15:15 +02:00
Jason Gunthorpe
ddcdc368b1 RDMA/mlx5: Use get_zeroed_page() for clock_info
get_zeroed_page() returns a virtual address for the page which is better
than allocating a struct page and doing a permanent kmap on it.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Haggai Eran <haggaie@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
2019-04-24 13:40:50 -03:00
David Ahern
7973d9e767 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Prevent ipv6 gateway with v4 route via replace and append
mlxsw currently does not support v6 gateways with v4 routes. Commit
19a9d136f1 ("ipv4: Flag fib_info with a fib_nh using IPv6 gateway")
prevents a route from being added, but nothing stops the replace or
append. Add a catch for them too.
    $ ip  ro add 172.16.2.0/24 via 10.99.1.2
    $ ip  ro replace 172.16.2.0/24 via inet6 fe80::202:ff:fe00:b dev swp1s0
    Error: mlxsw_spectrum: IPv6 gateway with IPv4 route is not supported.
    $ ip  ro append 172.16.2.0/24 via inet6 fe80::202:ff:fe00:b dev swp1s0
    Error: mlxsw_spectrum: IPv6 gateway with IPv4 route is not supported.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-23 19:54:26 -07:00
Ilias Apalodimas
ffbf9870dc net: socionext: replace napi_alloc_frag with the netdev variant on init
The netdev variant is usable on any context since it disables interrupts.
The napi variant of the call should only be used within softirq context.
Replace napi_alloc_frag on driver init with the correct netdev_alloc_frag
call

Changes since v1:
- Adjusted commit message

Acked-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
Fixes: 4acb20b462 ("net: socionext: different approach on DMA")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-23 19:39:16 -07:00
Colin Ian King
66c031716b net: atheros: fix spelling mistake "underun" -> "underrun"
There are spelling mistakes in structure elements, fix these.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-23 18:46:27 -07:00
Simon Horman
0a5d329ffd ravb: Avoid unsupported internal delay mode for R-Car E3/D3
According to the R-Car Gen3 Hardware Manual Rev 1.50 of Nov 30, 2018, the
TX clock internal delay mode isn't supported on R-Car E3 (r8a77990) or D3
(r8a77995). And by extension it is also not supported by RZ/G2E (r9a774c0).

This matches all ES versions of the affected SoCs as it is
not clear if this problem will be resolved in newer chips.
This can be revisited, as necessary.

This patch does not error-out if PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_ID or
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_TXID are used on SoCs where TX clock delay
mode is not supported as there is a risk of introducing a regression
when used in conjunction with older DT blobs present in the field.
Rather, a warning is logged in such cases.

Based on work by Kazuya Mizuguchi.

Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-23 18:43:49 -07:00
David S. Miller
20eb08b2b0 mlx5-updates-2019-04-22
This series includes updates to mlx5e driver RX data path and some
 significant XDP RX/TX improvements to overcome/mitigate HW and PCIE
 bottlenecks.
 
 From Tariq:
 1) Some Enhancements in rq->flags
 2) Stabilize RX packet rate (on Striding RQ) with
 multiple outstanding UMR posts
 In this patch, we add support for multiple outstanding UMR posts,
  to allow faster gap closure between consuming MPWQEs and reposting
 them back into the WQ.
 
 Performance test:
 As expected, huge improvement in large-scale (48 cores).
 
 xdp_redirect_map, 64B UDP multi-stream.
 Redirect from ConnectX-5 100Gbps to ConnectX-6 100Gbps.
 CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz.
 
 Before: Unstable, 7 to 30 Mpps
 After:  Stable,   at 70.5 Mpps
 
 From Shay:
 3) XDP, Inline small packets into the TX MPWQE in XDP xmit flow
 
 Upon high packet rate with multiple CPUs TX workloads, much of the HCA's
 resources are spent on prefetching TX descriptors, thus affecting
 transmission rates.
 This patch comes to mitigate this problem by moving some workload to the
 CPU and reducing the HW data prefetch overhead for small packets (<= 256B).
 
 When forwarding packets with XDP, a packet that is smaller
 than a certain size (set to ~256 bytes) would be sent inline within
 its WQE TX descrptor (mem-copied), when the hardware tx queue is congested
 beyond a pre-defined water-mark.
 
 Performance:
     Tested packet rate for UDP 64Byte multi-stream
     over two dual port ConnectX-5 100Gbps NICs.
     CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz
 
     * Tested with hyper-threading disabled
 
     XDP_TX:
 
     |          | before | after   |       |
     | 24 rings | 51Mpps | 116Mpps | +126% |
     | 1 ring   | 12Mpps | 12Mpps  | same  |
 
     XDP_REDIRECT:
 
     ** Below is the transmit rate, not the redirection rate
     which might be larger, and is not affected by this patch.
 
     |          | before  | after   |      |
     | 32 rings | 64Mpps  | 92Mpps  | +43% |
     | 1 ring   | 6.4Mpps | 6.4Mpps | same |
 
 As we can see, feature significantly improves scaling, without
 hurting single ring performance.
 
 From Maxim:
 4) Some trivial refactoring and code improvements prior to a larger series
 to support AF_XDP.
 
 -Saeed.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJcv2LjAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+90gIAI8+4lwkXZAVk4mxf9PMjxuB
 bQiKd80e++26sgrNHCyuWZnIzTQqYAnUJ3WRC+Kk1pFTo1O23A+fvweT8m1dqAvP
 Z/5ktfbAeF3fwOVu7aGu9vh4zJEWJj8oO+I+G+OaOe2iV7FVTTFnWHxiiCfungAW
 oUnXozq4vERSQLechqqgz6nACxOPgEOCJrp4T9lDYSbqZizHgFttmInMQguq/7KS
 LvITcNu3EF5l4y2LxwCFiKRgGc2y/belU63AK+2pQUXhH46kQPEHdncdLg5d9QYA
 xJwthn697qxS0PIP5oHPHNVN+qJXfuUHVonXqVOAJebGQnV82of6+sPweRxwh1s=
 =MfAR
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2019-04-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux

Saeed Mahameed says:

====================
mlx5-updates-2019-04-22

This series includes updates to mlx5e driver RX data path and some
significant XDP RX/TX improvements to overcome/mitigate HW and PCIE
bottlenecks.

From Tariq:
1) Some Enhancements in rq->flags
2) Stabilize RX packet rate (on Striding RQ) with
multiple outstanding UMR posts
In this patch, we add support for multiple outstanding UMR posts,
 to allow faster gap closure between consuming MPWQEs and reposting
them back into the WQ.

Performance test:
As expected, huge improvement in large-scale (48 cores).

xdp_redirect_map, 64B UDP multi-stream.
Redirect from ConnectX-5 100Gbps to ConnectX-6 100Gbps.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz.

Before: Unstable, 7 to 30 Mpps
After:  Stable,   at 70.5 Mpps

From Shay:
3) XDP, Inline small packets into the TX MPWQE in XDP xmit flow

Upon high packet rate with multiple CPUs TX workloads, much of the HCA's
resources are spent on prefetching TX descriptors, thus affecting
transmission rates.
This patch comes to mitigate this problem by moving some workload to the
CPU and reducing the HW data prefetch overhead for small packets (<= 256B).

When forwarding packets with XDP, a packet that is smaller
than a certain size (set to ~256 bytes) would be sent inline within
its WQE TX descrptor (mem-copied), when the hardware tx queue is congested
beyond a pre-defined water-mark.

Performance:
    Tested packet rate for UDP 64Byte multi-stream
    over two dual port ConnectX-5 100Gbps NICs.
    CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz

    * Tested with hyper-threading disabled

    XDP_TX:

    |          | before | after   |       |
    | 24 rings | 51Mpps | 116Mpps | +126% |
    | 1 ring   | 12Mpps | 12Mpps  | same  |

    XDP_REDIRECT:

    ** Below is the transmit rate, not the redirection rate
    which might be larger, and is not affected by this patch.

    |          | before  | after   |      |
    | 32 rings | 64Mpps  | 92Mpps  | +43% |
    | 1 ring   | 6.4Mpps | 6.4Mpps | same |

As we can see, feature significantly improves scaling, without
hurting single ring performance.

From Maxim:
4) Some trivial refactoring and code improvements prior to a larger series
to support AF_XDP.
====================

Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-23 17:03:40 -07:00
Maxim Mikityanskiy
f8ebecf2e3 net/mlx5e: Use #define for the WQE wait timeout constant
Create a #define for the timeout of mlx5e_wait_for_min_rx_wqes to
clarify the meaning of a magic number.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-23 12:09:22 -07:00
Maxim Mikityanskiy
03ceda6fe1 net/mlx5e: Remove unused rx_page_reuse stat
Remove the no longer used page_reuse stat of RQs.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-23 12:09:22 -07:00
Maxim Mikityanskiy
63d26b490b net/mlx5e: Take HW interrupt trigger into a function
mlx5e_trigger_irq posts a NOP to the ICO SQ just to trigger an IRQ and
enter the NAPI poll on the right CPU according to the affinity. Use it
in mlx5e_activate_rq.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-23 12:09:22 -07:00
Maxim Mikityanskiy
10961c5606 net/mlx5e: Remove unused parameter
mdev is unused in mlx5e_rx_is_linear_skb.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-23 12:09:22 -07:00
Maxim Mikityanskiy
b1b187e102 net/mlx5e: Add an underflow warning comment
mlx5e_mpwqe_get_log_rq_size calculates the number of WQEs (N) based on
the requested number of frames in the RQ (F) and the number of packets
per WQE (P). It ensures that N is not less than the minimum number of
WQEs in an RQ (N_min). Arithmetically, it means that F / P >= N_min
should be true. This function deals with logarithms, so it should check
that log(F) - log(P) >= log(N_min). However, if F < P, this expression
will cause an unsigned underflow. Check log(F) >= log(P) + log(N_min)
instead.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-23 12:09:21 -07:00
Maxim Mikityanskiy
9a22d5d839 net/mlx5e: Move parameter calculation functions to en/params.c
This commit moves the parameter calculation functions to a separate file
for better modularity and code sharing with future features.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-23 12:09:21 -07:00
Maxim Mikityanskiy
74bbaebf3c net/mlx5e: Report mlx5e_xdp_set errors
If the channels fail to reopen after setting an XDP program, return the
error code instead of 0. A proper fix is still needed, as now any error
while reopening the channels brings the interface down. This patch only
adds error reporting.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-23 12:09:21 -07:00
Maxim Mikityanskiy
83b2fd64ba net/mlx5e: Remove unused parameter
params is unused in mlx5e_init_di_list.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-23 12:09:20 -07:00
Shay Agroskin
c2273219ba net/mlx5e: XDP, Inline small packets into the TX MPWQE in XDP xmit flow
Upon high packet rate with multiple CPUs TX workloads, much of the HCA's
resources are spent on prefetching TX descriptors, thus affecting
transmission rates.
This patch comes to mitigate this problem by moving some workload to the
CPU and reducing the HW data prefetch overhead for small packets (<= 256B).

When forwarding packets with XDP, a packet that is smaller
than a certain size (set to ~256 bytes) would be sent inline within
its WQE TX descrptor (mem-copied), when the hardware tx queue is congested
beyond a pre-defined water-mark.

This is added to better utilize the HW resources (which now makes
one less packet data prefetch) and allow better scalability, on the
account of CPU usage (which now 'memcpy's the packet into the WQE).

To load balance between HW and CPU and get max packet rate, we use
watermarks to detect how much the HW is congested and move the work
loads back and forth between HW and CPU.

Performance:
Tested packet rate for UDP 64Byte multi-stream
over two dual port ConnectX-5 100Gbps NICs.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz

* Tested with hyper-threading disabled

XDP_TX:

|          | before | after   |       |
| 24 rings | 51Mpps | 116Mpps | +126% |
| 1 ring   | 12Mpps | 12Mpps  | same  |

XDP_REDIRECT:

** Below is the transmit rate, not the redirection rate
which might be larger, and is not affected by this patch.

|          | before  | after   |      |
| 32 rings | 64Mpps  | 92Mpps  | +43% |
| 1 ring   | 6.4Mpps | 6.4Mpps | same |

As we can see, feature significantly improves scaling, without
hurting single ring performance.

Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayag@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-23 12:09:20 -07:00
Shay Agroskin
73cab880e7 net/mlx5e: XDP, Add TX MPWQE session counter
This counter tracks how many TX MPWQE sessions are started in XDP SQ
in XDP TX/REDIRECT flow. It counts per-channel and global stats.

Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayag@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-23 12:09:20 -07:00
Tariq Toukan
15143bf51c net/mlx5e: XDP, Enhance RQ indication for XDP redirect flush
The XDP redirect flush indication belongs to the receive queue,
not to its XDP send queue.

For this, use a new bit on rq->flags.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Agroskin <shayag@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-23 12:09:19 -07:00
Tariq Toukan
f03590f74c net/mlx5e: XDP, Fix shifted flag index in RQ bitmap
Values in enum mlx5e_rq_flag are used as bit indixes.
Intention was to use them with no BIT(i) wrapping.

No functional bug fix here, as the same (shifted)flag bit
is used for all set, test, and clear operations.

Fixes: 121e892754 ("net/mlx5e: Refactor RQ XDP_TX indication")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Agroskin <shayag@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-23 12:09:19 -07:00
Tariq Toukan
fd9b4be800 net/mlx5e: RX, Support multiple outstanding UMR posts
The buffers mapping of the Multi-Packet WQEs (of Striding RQ)
is done via UMR posts, one UMR WQE per an RX MPWQE.

A single MPWQE is capable of serving many incoming packets,
usually larger than the budget of a single napi cycle.
Hence, posting a single UMR WQE per napi cycle (and handling its
completion in the next cycle) works fine in many common cases,
but not always.

When an XDP program is loaded, every MPWQE is capable of serving less
packets, to satisfy the packet-per-page requirement.
Thus, for the same number of packets more MPWQEs (and UMR posts)
are needed (twice as much for the default MTU), giving less latency
room for the UMR completions.

In this patch, we add support for multiple outstanding UMR posts,
to allow faster gap closure between consuming MPWQEs and reposting
them back into the WQ.

For better SW and HW locality, we combine the UMR posts in bulks of
(at least) two.

This is expected to improve packet rate in high CPU scale.

Performance test:
As expected, huge improvement in large-scale (48 cores).

xdp_redirect_map, 64B UDP multi-stream.
Redirect from ConnectX-5 100Gbps to ConnectX-6 100Gbps.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz.

Before: Unstable, 7 to 30 Mpps
After:  Stable,   at 70.5 Mpps

No degradation in other tested scenarios.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-23 12:09:19 -07:00
Saeed Mahameed
3839f99d21 Merge branch 'mlx5-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux 2019-04-23 11:57:33 -07:00
Kavya Sree Kotagiri
edeb207b8a net: phy: vitesse: Remove support for VSC8514.
Add support for VSC8514 in Microsemi driver (mscc.c)
with more features.

Signed-off-by: Kavya Sree Kotagiri <kavyasree.kotagiri@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-23 10:47:58 -07:00
Kavya Sree Kotagiri
e4f9ba642f net: phy: mscc: add support for VSC8514 PHY.
The VSC8514 PHY is a 4-ports PHY that is 10/100/1000BASE-T, 100BASE-FX,
1000BASE-X, can communicate with the MAC via QSGMII.
The MAC interface protocol for each port within QSGMII can
be either 1000BASE-X or SGMII, if the QSGMII MAC that the VSC8514 is
connecting to supports this functionality.
VSC8514 also supports SGMII MAC-side autonegotiation on each individual
port, downshifting, can set the blinking pattern of each of its 4 LEDs,
SyncE, 1000BASE-T Ring Resiliency as well as HP Auto-MDIX detection.

This adds support for 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, and 1000BASE-T,
QSGMII link with the MAC, downshifting, HP Auto-MDIX detection
and blinking pattern for its 4 LEDs.

The GPIO register bank is a set of registers that are common to all PHYs
in the package. So any modification in any register of this bank affects
all PHYs of the package.

If the PHYs haven't been reset before booting the Linux kernel and were
configured to use interrupts for e.g. link status updates, it is
required to clear the interrupts mask register of all PHYs before being
able to use interrupts with any PHY. The first PHY of the package that
will be init will take care of clearing all PHYs interrupts mask
registers. Thus, we need to keep track of the init sequence in the
package, if it's already been done or if it's to be done.

Most of the init sequence of a PHY of the package is common to all PHYs
in the package, thus we use the SMI broadcast feature which enables us
to propagate a write in one register of one PHY to all PHYs in the same
package.

Signed-off-by: Kavya Sree Kotagiri <kavyasree.kotagiri@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@bootlin.com>
Co-developed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-23 10:47:58 -07:00
Daniel Gomez
2f23a2a768 spi: Micrel eth switch: declare missing of table
Add missing <of_device_id> table for SPI driver relying on SPI
device match since compatible is in a DT binding or in a DTS.

Before this patch:
modinfo drivers/net/phy/spi_ks8995.ko | grep alias
alias:          spi:ksz8795
alias:          spi:ksz8864
alias:          spi:ks8995

After this patch:
modinfo drivers/net/phy/spi_ks8995.ko | grep alias
alias:          spi:ksz8795
alias:          spi:ksz8864
alias:          spi:ks8995
alias:          of:N*T*Cmicrel,ksz8795C*
alias:          of:N*T*Cmicrel,ksz8795
alias:          of:N*T*Cmicrel,ksz8864C*
alias:          of:N*T*Cmicrel,ksz8864
alias:          of:N*T*Cmicrel,ks8995C*
alias:          of:N*T*Cmicrel,ks8995

Reported-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@dowhile0.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gomez <dagmcr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-23 10:44:44 -07:00
Jian Shen
a93f7fe134 net: phy: marvell: add new default led configure for m88e151x
The default m88e151x LED configuration is 0x1177, used LED[0]
for 1000M link, LED[1] for 100M link, and LED[2] for active.
But for some boards, which use LED[0] for link, and LED[1] for
active, prefer to be 0x1040. To be compatible with this case,
this patch defines a new dev_flag, and set it before connect
phy in HNS3 driver. When phy initializing, using the new
LED configuration if this dev_flag is set.

Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-23 10:40:32 -07:00
Stanislav Fomichev
c43f1255b8 net: pass net_device argument to the eth_get_headlen
Update all users of eth_get_headlen to pass network device, fetch
network namespace from it and pass it down to the flow dissector.
This commit is a noop until administrator inserts BPF flow dissector
program.

Cc: Maxim Krasnyansky <maxk@qti.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Cc: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Cc: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
2019-04-23 18:36:34 +02:00
Linus Walleij
4af20dc583 ARM: ixp4xx: Move IXP4xx QMGR and NPE headers
This moves the IXP4xx Queue Manager and Network Processing
Engine headers out of the <mack/*> include path as that is
incompatible with multiplatform.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2019-04-23 16:02:15 +02:00
Linus Walleij
9540724ca2 ARM: ixp4xx: Add device tree boot support
This adds a minimal support for booting IXP4xx systems
from device tree.

We have to add hacks to the QMGR, NPE and notably also
ethernet and watchdog drivers so that they don't crash
the platform: these drivers are unconditionally starting
to grab regions of statically remapped IO space with no
concern of the device model or other platforms.

We will go in and properly fix these drivers as we go
along but for now this hack gets us to a place where we
can start working on proper device tree support for these
platforms.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2019-04-23 16:02:15 +02:00
Florian Fainelli
7e6e185c74 net: systemport: Remove need for DMA descriptor
All we do is write the length/status and address bits to a DMA
descriptor only to write its contents into on-chip registers right
after, eliminate this unnecessary step.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:20:15 -07:00
Crag.Wang
a6cbcb7793 r8152: sync sa_family with the media type of network device
Without this patch the socket address family sporadically gets wrong
value ends up the dev_set_mac_address() fails to set the desired MAC
address.

Fixes: 25766271e4 ("r8152: Refresh MAC address during USBDEVFS_RESET")
Signed-off-by: Crag.Wang <crag.wang@dell.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-By: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@dell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:14:43 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
7a1ff9f45b mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Adjust CPU port shared buffer egress quotas
Switch the CPU port to use the new dedicated egress pool instead the
previously used egress pool which was shared with normal front panel
ports.

Add per-port quotas for the amount of traffic that can be buffered for
the CPU port and also adjust the per-{port, TC} quotas.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:09:33 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
6d28725c4d mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Allow skipping ingress port quota configuration
The CPU port is used to transmit traffic that is trapped to the host
CPU. It is therefore irrelevant to define ingress quota for it.

Add a 'skip_ingress' argument to the function tasked with configuring
per-port quotas, so that ingress quotas could be skipped in case the
passed local port is the CPU port.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:09:33 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
24a7cc1ef6 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Split business logic from mlxsw_sp_port_sb_pms_init()
The function is used to set the per-port shared buffer quotas.
Currently, these quotas are only set for front panel ports, but a
subsequent patch will configure these quotas for the CPU port as well.

The configuration required for the CPU port is a bit different than that
of the front panel ports, so split the business logic into a separate
function which will be called with different parameters for the CPU
port.

No functional changes intended.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:09:33 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
50b5b90514 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Use new CPU ingress pool for control packets
Use the new ingress pool that was added in the previous patch for
control packets (e.g., STP, LACP) that are trapped to the CPU.

The previous management pool is no longer necessary and therefore its
size is set to 0.

The maximum quota for traffic towards the CPU is increased to 50% of the
free space in the new ingress pool and therefore the reserved space is
reduced by half, to 10KB - in both the shared and headroom buffer. This
allows for more efficient utilization of the shared buffer as reserved
space cannot be used for other purposes.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:09:33 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
265c49b4b9 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Add pools for CPU traffic
Packets that are trapped to the CPU are transmitted through the CPU port
to the attached host. The CPU port is therefore like any other port and
needs to have shared buffer configuration.

The maximum quotas configured for the CPU are provided using dynamic
threshold and cannot be changed by the user. In order to make sure that
these thresholds are always valid, the configuration of the threshold
type of these pools is forbidden.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:09:32 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
857f138f04 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Remove assumption about pool order
The code currently assumes that ingress pools have lower indices than
egress pools. This makes it impossible to add more ingress pools
without breaking user configuration that relies on a certain pool index
to correspond to an egress pool.

Remove such assumptions from the code, so that more ingress pools could
be added by subsequent patches.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:09:32 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
f1aaeacdae mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Forbid changing multicast TCs' attributes
Commit e83c045e53 ("mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Configure MC pool")
configured the threshold of the multicast TCs as infinite so that the
admission of multicast packets is only depended on per-switch priority
threshold.

Forbid the user from changing the thresholds of these multicast TCs and
their binding to a different pool.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:09:32 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
51e15a4978 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Forbid changing threshold type of first egress pool
Multicast packets have three egress quotas:
* Per egress port
* Per egress port and traffic class
* Per switch priority

The limits on the switch priority are not exposed to the user and
specified as dynamic threshold on the first egress pool.

Forbid changing the threshold type of the first egress pool so that
these limits are always valid.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:09:32 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
cce7acca8a mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Forbid configuration of multicast pool
Commit e83c045e53 ("mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Configure MC pool") added
a dedicated pool for multicast traffic. The pool is visible to the user
so that it would be possible to monitor its occupancy, but its
configuration should be forbidden in order to maintain its intended
operation.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:09:32 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
f7936d0bcf mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Add ability to veto TC's configuration
Subsequent patches are going to need to veto changes in certain TCs'
binding and threshold configurations.

Add fields to the TC's struct that indicate if the TC can be bound to a
different pool and whether its threshold can change and enforce that.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:09:32 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
0636f4de79 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Add ability to veto pool's configuration
Subsequent patches are going to need to veto changes in certain pools'
size and / or threshold type (mode).

Add two fields to the pool's struct that indicate if either of these
attributes is allowed to change and enforce that.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:09:32 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
93d3668c02 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Use defines for pool indices
The pool indices are currently hard coded throughout the code, which
makes the code hard to follow and extend.

Overcome this by using defines for the pool indices.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:09:32 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
8f6862065d mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Add extack messages for invalid configurations
Add extack messages to better communicate invalid configuration to the
user.

Example:

# devlink sb pool set pci/0000:01:00.0 pool 0 size 104857600 thtype dynamic
Error: mlxsw_spectrum: Exceeded shared buffer size.
devlink answers: Invalid argument

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:09:32 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
f2ad1a522e net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations
Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error
messages could be propagated to the user.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 22:09:32 -07:00
Vinod Koul
b561af36b1 net: stmmac: move stmmac_check_ether_addr() to driver probe
stmmac_check_ether_addr() checks the MAC address and assigns one in
driver open(). In many cases when we create slave netdevice, the dev
addr is inherited from master but the master dev addr maybe NULL at
that time, so move this call to driver probe so that address is
always valid.

Signed-off-by: Xiaofei Shen <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
Tested-by: Xiaofei Shen <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Sneh Shah <snehshah@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 21:52:18 -07:00
Saeed Mahameed
c3bdd5e651 Linux 5.1-rc1
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQFSBAABCAA8FiEEq68RxlopcLEwq+PEeb4+QwBBGIYFAlyOup0eHHRvcnZhbGRz
 QGxpbnV4LWZvdW5kYXRpb24ub3JnAAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGHKoIAIKVuBSyD+m65TaM
 pjoAFa56weEc67Mmai2A84EOm0MVy9C6L7EOcOgVsJiLxDCYyWQ7xYwV2kceKJpW
 H5xauhb3+TxpxYeaeKdPPPHmBdejRwOPYvGAfnDMCqCCWQTad52sQUPCLI+yhF1t
 wgnuMi+SwNBWP9aYCXdFPK4fVhh27AcEAOEsRVCh4tIBH/wkf4GwrDr3IX1MFeMX
 jE/R43la4hu1swcWBsjkErWUasVPCgJSSQTfKDo9PQTVnoh0PHFp4fkOInVKLymQ
 7AGo+Knc+1he+sFsB2IbZwea0xqtJtjtr1oC+at8gNx66qVG+o7UZNi5LR1uPW4Z
 4+dwGBk=
 =pyXR
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'v5.1-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux into mlx5-next

Linux 5.1-rc1

We forgot to reset the branch last merge window thus mlx5-next is outdated
and still based on 5.0-rc2. This merge commit is needed to sync mlx5-next
branch with 5.1-rc1.

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-22 15:25:39 -07:00
David Ahern
be659b8d3c ipv6: Restore RTF_ADDRCONF check in rt6_qualify_for_ecmp
The RTF_ADDRCONF flag filters out routes added by RA's in determining
which routes can be appended to an existing one to create a multipath
route. Restore the flag check and add a comment to document the RA piece.

Fixes: 4e54507ab1 ("ipv6: Simplify rt6_qualify_for_ecmp")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-21 19:44:16 -07:00
David Ahern
4e54507ab1 ipv6: Simplify rt6_qualify_for_ecmp
After commit c7a1ce397a ("ipv6: Change addrconf_f6i_alloc to use
ip6_route_info_create"), the gateway is no longer filled in for fib6_nh
structs in a prefix route. Accordingly, the RTF_ADDRCONF flag check can
be dropped from the 'rt6_qualify_for_ecmp'.

Further, RTF_DYNAMIC is only set in rt6_info instances, so it can be
removed from the check as well.

This reduces rt6_qualify_for_ecmp and the mlxsw version to just checking
if the nexthop has a gateway which is the real indication of whether
entries can be coalesced into a multipath route.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-21 10:39:52 -07:00
Fuqian Huang
fa8b9e8bea net: hippi:Fix misuse of %x in rrunner.c
The pointer should be printed with %p or %px rather than
cast to unsigned long type and printed with %08lx.
Change %08lx to %p to print the pointer.

Signed-off-by: Fuqian Huang <huangfq.daxian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-21 10:37:26 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
05414dd116 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Relax FIB rule validation
Currently, mlxsw does not support policy-based routing (PBR) and
therefore forbids the installation of non-default FIB rules except for
the l3mdev rule which is used for VRFs.

Relax the check to allow the installation of FIB rules that would never
match packets received by the device. Specifically, if the iif is that
of the loopback netdev. This is useful for users that need to redirect
locally generated packets based on FIB rules.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Petrovskiy <alexpe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-21 10:31:45 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
fa73989f26 mlxsw: spectrum: Use a stable ECMP/LAG seed
In order to get a consistent behavior of traffic flows across reboots /
module unload, we need to use the same ECMP/LAG seed.

Calculate the seed by hashing the base MAC of the device. This results
in a seed that is both unique (to avoid polarization) and consistent.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-21 10:31:45 -07:00
Pablo Cascón
4ef6cbe80d nfp: add SR-IOV trusted VF support
By default VFs are not trusted. Add ndo_set_vf_trust support to toggle
a new per-VF bit. Coupled with FW with this capability allows a
trusted VF to change its MAC even after being administratively set by
the PF. Also populate the trusted field on ndo_get_vf_config. Add the
same ndo to the representors.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Cascón <pablo.cascon@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 21:00:31 -07:00
Yufeng Mo
97afd47b36 net: hns3: add function type check for debugfs help information
PF supports all debugfs command, but VF only supports part of
debugfs command. So VF should not show unsupported help information.

This patch adds a check for PF and PF to show the supportable help
information.

Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 18:43:16 -07:00
liuzhongzhu
db01afeb66 net: hns3: add queue's statistics update to service task
This patch updates VF's TQP statistic info in the service task,
and adds a limitation to prevent update too frequently.

Signed-off-by: liuzhongzhu <liuzhongzhu@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 18:43:16 -07:00
Weihang Li
a63457878b net: hns3: Add handling of MAC tunnel interruption
MAC tnl interruptions are different from other type of RAS and MSI-X
errors, because some bits, such as OVF/LR/RF will occur during link up
and down.

The drivers should clear status of all MAC tnl interruption bits but
shouldn't print any message that would mislead the users.

In case that link down and re-up in a short time because of some reasons,
we record when they occurred, and users can query them by debugfs.

Signed-off-by: Weihang Li <liweihang@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 18:43:16 -07:00
Weihang Li
ffd140e2ea net: hns3: add support for dump ncl config by debugfs
This patch allow users to dump content of NCL_CONFIG by using debugfs
command.
Command format:
	echo dump ncl_config <offset> <length> > cmd
It will print as follows:
	hns3 0000:7d:00.0: offset |    data
	hns3 0000:7d:00.0: 0x0000 | 0x00000020
	hns3 0000:7d:00.0: 0x0004 | 0x00000400
	hns3 0000:7d:00.0: 0x0008 | 0x08020401

Signed-off-by: Weihang Li <liweihang@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 18:43:16 -07:00
Yonglong Liu
bb87be87b1 net: hns3: Add support for netif message level settings
This patch adds support for network interface message level
settings. The message level can be changed by module parameter
or ethtool.

Signed-off-by: Yonglong Liu <liuyonglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 18:43:16 -07:00
Jian Shen
e511c97d0a net: hns3: dump more information when tx timeout happens
Currently we just print few information when tx timeout happens.
In order to find out the cause of timeout, this patch prints more
information about the packet statistics, tqp registers and
napi state.

Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 18:43:16 -07:00
Jian Shen
fa6c4084b9 net: hns3: fix loop condition of hns3_get_tx_timeo_queue_info()
In function hns3_get_tx_timeo_queue_info(), it should use
netdev->num_tx_queues, instead of netdve->real_num_tx_queues
as the loop limitation.

Fixes: 424eb834a9 ("net: hns3: Unified HNS3 {VF|PF} Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 18:43:16 -07:00
Jian Shen
beab694aa3 net: hns3: refine tx timeout count handle
In current codes, tx_timeout_cnt is used before increased,
then we can see the tx_timeout_count is still 0 from the
print when tx timeout happens, e.g.
"hns3 0000:7d:00.3 eth3: tx_timeout count: 0, queue id: 0, SW_NTU:
 0xa6, SW_NTC: 0xa4, HW_HEAD: 0xa4, HW_TAIL: 0xa6, INT: 0x1"

The tx_timeout_cnt should be updated before used.

Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 18:43:15 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
fbf3cd3fc1 net: hns3: add some debug info for hclgevf_get_mbx_resp()
When wait for response timeout or response code not match, there
should be more information for debugging.

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 18:43:15 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
147175c92a net: hns3: add some debug information for hclge_check_event_cause
When received vector0 msix and other event interrupt, it should
print the value of the register for debugging.

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 18:43:15 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
c88a6e7d88 net: hns3: add reset statistics for VF
This patch adds some statistics for VF reset.

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 18:43:15 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
f02eb82dfe net: hns3: add reset statistics info for PF
This patch adds statistics for PF's reset information,
also, provides a debugfs command to dump these statistics.

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 18:43:15 -07:00
David S. Miller
d1bcf2b651 mlx5-fixes-2019-04-19
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJcujXJAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+La0IAK4FWWz05DtBCmRJpCV3reUq
 ZQtK7u8EAQOxal0mogUuaAwxp4BgeQh36JdPnPp6BA36OYo9H49eMJnY7rP88Exb
 OpKL3vOHcHwGxhbfY5+8cYVrUa1iL12HB6oEj8+Pytd197fAe2lWMhCn6fYNw6hH
 xFSuPnIy4wRKc+0nqZY1dpcD+blna0q6MGrjsLrP5Q6YeGSMUoVJUzYtlIdA3xN+
 0ubiuFsMAvqbWUiPLwFxkPNVISo5sCcCwDHB1mGkZwMAJ+lZHv1fgNhus3jku3dv
 o9++hUZW1tz6The+vr1FtbForLVei+TQgBumYXsah6YyALJ/vV3t7OAD5DeQUVs=
 =kXFx
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2019-04-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux

Saeed Mahameed says:

====================
Mellanox, mlx5 fixes 2019-04-19

This series introduces some fixes to mlx5 driver.

Please pull and let me know if there is any problem.

For -stable v4.7:
  ('net/mlx5e: ethtool, Remove unsupported SFP EEPROM high pages query')

For -stable v4.19:
  ('net/mlx5e: Fix the max MTU check in case of XDP')

For -stable v5.0:
  ('net/mlx5e: Fix use-after-free after xdp_return_frame')
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 15:14:37 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
0a9798c123 mlxsw: spectrum: Assume CONFIG_NET_DEVLINK is always enabled
Since commit f6b19b354d ("net: devlink: select NET_DEVLINK
from drivers") adds implicit select of NET_DEVLINK for
mlxsw, the code does not have to deal with the case
when CONFIG_NET_DEVLINK is not enabled. So remove the ifcase
and adjust Makefile.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 15:03:55 -07:00
Hangbin Liu
925b0c841e team: fix possible recursive locking when add slaves
If we add a bond device which is already the master of the team interface,
we will hold the team->lock in team_add_slave() first and then request the
lock in team_set_mac_address() again. The functions are called like:

- team_add_slave()
 - team_port_add()
   - team_port_enter()
     - team_modeop_port_enter()
       - __set_port_dev_addr()
         - dev_set_mac_address()
           - bond_set_mac_address()
             - dev_set_mac_address()
  	       - team_set_mac_address

Although team_upper_dev_link() would check the upper devices but it is
called too late. Fix it by adding a checking before processing the slave.

v2: Do not split the string in netdev_err()

Fixes: 3d249d4ca7 ("net: introduce ethernet teaming device")
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 14:57:35 -07:00
Andrew Lunn
a26deec69f net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Only reconfigure MAC when something changes
phylink will call the mac_config() callback once per second when
polling a PHY or a fixed link. The MAC driver is not supposed to
reconfigure the MAC if nothing has changed.

Make the mv88e6xxx driver look at the current configuration of the
port, and return early if nothing has changed.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 14:08:21 -07:00
Erez Alfasi
ace329f4ab net/mlx5e: ethtool, Remove unsupported SFP EEPROM high pages query
Querying EEPROM high pages data for SFP module is currently
not supported by our driver and yet queried, resulting in
invalid FW queries.

Set the EEPROM ethtool data length to 256 for SFP module will
limit the reading for page 0 only and prevent invalid FW queries.

Fixes: bb64143eee ("net/mlx5e: Add ethtool support for dump module EEPROM")
Signed-off-by: Erez Alfasi <ereza@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-19 13:55:37 -07:00
Maxim Mikityanskiy
d460c27189 net/mlx5e: Fix the max MTU check in case of XDP
MLX5E_XDP_MAX_MTU was calculated incorrectly. It didn't account for
NET_IP_ALIGN and MLX5E_HW2SW_MTU, and it also misused MLX5_SKB_FRAG_SZ.
This commit fixes the calculations and adds a brief explanation for the
formula used.

Fixes: a26a5bdf3e ("net/mlx5e: Restrict the combination of large MTU and XDP")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-19 13:55:36 -07:00
Maxim Mikityanskiy
12fc512f57 net/mlx5e: Fix use-after-free after xdp_return_frame
xdp_return_frame releases the frame. It leads to releasing the page, so
it's not allowed to access xdpi.xdpf->len after that, because xdpi.xdpf
is at xdp->data_hard_start after convert_to_xdp_frame. This patch moves
the memory access to precede the return of the frame.

Fixes: 58b99ee3e3 ("net/mlx5e: Add support for XDP_REDIRECT in device-out side")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-19 13:55:36 -07:00
John Hurley
7d26c96052 nfp: flower: fix size_t compile warning
A recent addition to NFP introduced a function that formats a string with
a size_t variable. This is formatted with %ld which is fine on 64-bit
architectures but produces a compile warning on 32-bit architectures.

Fix this by using the z length modifier.

Fixes: a6156a6ab0f9 ("nfp: flower: handle merge hint messages")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-19 11:56:40 -07:00
Shahar S Matityahu
69166f7a37 iwlwifi: dbg_ini: set dump bit only when trigger collection is certain
In case the the trigger occurrences is zero or force_restart is set, the
driver sets IWL_FWRT_STATUS_DUMPING without actually scheduling trigger
collection. At this point no other dump collection can be performed.

Solve this by setting IWL_FWRT_STATUS_DUMPING bit only when the driver
is surely going to schedule dump collection

Signed-off-by: Shahar S Matityahu <shahar.s.matityahu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-19 10:27:34 +03:00
Nathan Chancellor
f8510d67d6 iwlwifi: mvm: Change an 'else if' into an 'else' in iwl_mvm_send_add_bcast_sta
When building with -Wsometimes-uninitialized, Clang warns:

drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/sta.c:2114:12: warning: variable
'queue' is used uninitialized whenever 'if' condition is false
[-Wsometimes-uninitialized]

Clang can't evaluate at this point that WARN(1, ...) always returns true
because __ret_warn_on is defined as !!(condition), which isn't
immediately evaluated as 1. Change this branch to else so that it's
clear to Clang that we intend to bail out here.

Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/399
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
[added a few more braces]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-19 10:27:33 +03:00
Luca Coelho
2644f9d0db iwlwifi: remove unused 0x40C0 PCI device IDs
This device ID and device type was never released, so we can remove it
from the PCI IDs list.

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-19 10:27:29 +03:00
Avraham Stern
957a67c828 iwlwifi: mvm: support rtt confidence indication
The range response notification API has changed to add a value that
indicates the confidence of the rtt result.
Support the new API and print the rtt confidence for debug.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-19 10:26:23 +03:00
Shahar S Matityahu
e91130cebd iwlwifi: dbg: add lmac and umac PC registers to periphery dump
Signed-off-by: Shahar S Matityahu <shahar.s.matityahu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-19 10:26:23 +03:00
Shahar S Matityahu
32d2282a35 iwlwifi: dbg: add periphery memory dumping support to ax210 device family
Allows to dump periphery memory on ax210 devices.

Signed-off-by: Shahar S Matityahu <shahar.s.matityahu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-19 10:26:23 +03:00
Gregory Greenman
befebbb30a iwlwifi: rs: consider LDPC capability in case of HE
When building TLC configuration command, consider in case of HE,
if LDPC support is turned on in our capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-19 10:26:23 +03:00
Shahar S Matityahu
53032e6ec1 iwlwifi: dbg_ini: add debug prints to the ini flows
Add debug prints to the ini flow and rewrite existing prints to provide
more information

Signed-off-by: Shahar S Matityahu <shahar.s.matityahu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-19 10:26:22 +03:00
Shahar S Matityahu
2953c393a0 iwlwifi: add FW_INFO debug level
Add FW_INFO debug level. This level is enabled if INFO or FW debug
levels are set.
Also, set fw request and callback prints under this debug level.

Signed-off-by: Shahar S Matityahu <shahar.s.matityahu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-19 10:26:22 +03:00
Shahar S Matityahu
77f99ae648 iwlwifi: dbg_ini: support notification and dhc regions type parsing
IWL_FW_INI_REGION_CSR and IWL_FW_INI_REGION_NOTIFICATION does not have
memory addresses attached to them so the driver should skip them when
parsing the region tlv.
Also, instead of declearing what region types should skip the addition of
the memory addresses, declare what regions have addition of memory
addresses.

Signed-off-by: Shahar S Matityahu <shahar.s.matityahu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-19 10:26:22 +03:00
Shaul Triebitz
718a8b23ad iwlwifi: unite macros with same meaning
TFD_*_SLOTS and IWL_*_QUEUE_SIZE both define the TX queue
size (number of TFDs).
Get rid of TFD_*_SLOTS and use only IWL_*_QUEUE_SIZE.

Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-19 10:26:22 +03:00
Shaul Triebitz
9a16ee0c6b iwlwifi: mvm: set 512 TX queue slots for AX210 devices
AX210 devices support 256 BA (256 MPDUs in an AMPDU).
The firmware requires that the number of TFDs will be
minimum twice as big as the BA size (2 * 256 = 512).

Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-19 10:26:21 +03:00
Luca Coelho
0d37d9faa6 iwlwifi: bump FW API to 47 for 22000 series
Start supporting API version 47 for 22000 series.  The 9000 series is
now frozen on version 46.

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-19 10:26:21 +03:00
Kalle Valo
db5e323feb Merge ath-next from git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/ath.git
ath.git patches for 5.2. No major changes.
2019-04-19 10:20:10 +03:00
David Bauer
6110ed2db3 net: mdio: rename mdio_device reset to reset_gpio
This renames the GPIO reset of mdio devices from 'reset' to
'reset_gpio' to better differentiate between GPIO and
reset-controller driven reset line.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-18 17:42:54 -07:00
David Bauer
71dd6c0dff net: phy: add support for reset-controller
This commit adds support for PHY reset pins handled by a reset controller.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-18 17:41:51 -07:00
Jakub Kicinski
a115d51aae net: gemini: remove unnecessary assert
The driver does not advertize NETIF_F_FRAGLIST, the stack can't
pass skbs with frags lists to the xmit function.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-18 17:06:15 -07:00
Jakub Kicinski
ce6bf4c141 sb1000: fix variable set but not used warnings
GCC 8 complains:

drivers/net/sb1000.c: In function ‘card_send_command’:
drivers/net/sb1000.c:319:14: warning: variable ‘x’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
  int status, x;
              ^
drivers/net/sb1000.c: In function ‘sb1000_check_CRC’:
drivers/net/sb1000.c:493:6: warning: variable ‘crc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
  int crc, status;
      ^~~

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-18 17:06:15 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
4cf2d206ff net: phy: remove dead code from phy_sanitize_settings
phy_sanitize_settings() is called from phy_start_aneg() only, and only
if phydev->autoneg isn't set. Therefore the removed code does nothing.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-18 16:30:55 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
5e42574b02 net: phy: don't set autoneg if it's not supported
In phy_device_create() we set phydev->autoneg = 1. This isn't changed
even if the PHY doesn't support autoneg. This seems to affect very
few PHY's, and they disable phydev->autoneg in their config_init
callback. So it's more of an improvement, therefore net-next.
The patch also wouldn't apply to older kernel versions because the
link mode bitmaps have been introduced recently.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-18 16:10:27 -07:00
Su Bao Cheng
e0c1d14a1a stmmac: pci: Adjust IOT2000 matching
Since there are more IOT2040 variants with identical hardware but
different asset tags, the asset tag matching should be adjusted to
support them.

For the board name "SIMATIC IOT2000", currently there are 2 types of
hardware, IOT2020 and IOT2040. The IOT2020 is identified by its unique
asset tag. Match on it first. If we then match on the board name only,
we will catch all IOT2040 variants. In the future there will be no other
devices with the "SIMATIC IOT2000" DMI board name but different
hardware.

Signed-off-by: Su Bao Cheng <baocheng.su@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-18 11:48:02 -07:00
David S. Miller
16111991db Merge branch '100GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2019-04-18

This series contains updates to the ice driver only.

Anirudh fixes up code comments which had typos.  Added support for DCB
into the ice driver, which required a bit of refactoring of the existing
code.  Also fixed a potential race condition between closing and opening
the VSI for a MIB change event, so resolved this by grabbing the
rtnl_lock prior to closing.  Added support to process LLDP MIB change
notifications.  Added support for reporting DCB stats via ethtool.

Brett updates the calculation to increment ITR to use a direct
calculation instead of using estimations.  This provides a more accurate
value.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-18 11:25:33 -07:00
David S. Miller
f9a904efca wireless-drivers-next patches for 5.2
Nothing really special standing out this time, iwlwifi being the most
 active driver.
 
 Major changes:
 
 iwlwifi
 
 * send NO_DATA events so they can be captured in radiotap
 
 * support for multiple BSSID
 
 * support for some new FW API versions
 
 * support new hardware
 
 * debugfs cleanups by Greg-KH
 
 qtnfmac
 
 * allow each MAC to specify its own regulatory rules
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJcuHgsAAoJEG4XJFUm622bfo8H/3uRRxsQBHGg6e3NpELaxpNV
 IfrPDtvxyfILzIepBBhnZYUY0OrlTHKfMmzFBD9FFMojsxBYddnLZ/0iKUNKfwLm
 KzToW/64YJ784dc+tw85gjh8I3MB+RRoD0l01M1HuOkzQ4hDNEGK3IsMHsBs/oTZ
 huiqTYsTxStOj53vOpQiBFZ1pYBtvGLMxBdSepDcR27bgT1gwriynCSkSNglDH8z
 /t3m6hDGtZa6uVkoIVH+BAMu6+vt+vIkU/TOdmiW/zqBL2JYq6cDE0uIb3bLAzN6
 uvS1Rj42P3OwHUwFavlUBdr5Rdcj6P24S5ZhtVaGGWCBjMZI5/nO7IjzwyQnQuQ=
 =/6q9
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2019-04-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next

Kalle Valo says:

====================
wireless-drivers-next patches for 5.2

Nothing really special standing out this time, iwlwifi being the most
active driver.

Major changes:

iwlwifi

* send NO_DATA events so they can be captured in radiotap

* support for multiple BSSID

* support for some new FW API versions

* support new hardware

* debugfs cleanups by Greg-KH

qtnfmac

* allow each MAC to specify its own regulatory rules
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-18 11:07:55 -07:00
Amit Cohen
151f0dddbb mlxsw: spectrum: Fix autoneg status in ethtool
If link is down and autoneg is set to on/off, the status in ethtool does
not change.

The reason is when the link is down the function returns with zero
before changing autoneg value.

Move the checking of link state (up/down) to be performed after setting
autoneg value, in order to be sure that autoneg will change in any case.

Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-18 10:37:30 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
1ab3030193 mlxsw: pci: Reincrease PCI reset timeout
During driver initialization the driver sends a reset to the device and
waits for the firmware to signal that it is ready to continue.

Commit d2f372ba09 ("mlxsw: pci: Increase PCI SW reset timeout")
increased the timeout to 13 seconds due to longer PHY calibration in
Spectrum-2 compared to Spectrum-1.

Recently it became apparent that this timeout is too short and therefore
this patch increases it again to a safer limit that will be reduced in
the future.

Fixes: c3ab435466 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Extend to support Spectrum-2 ASIC")
Fixes: d2f372ba09 ("mlxsw: pci: Increase PCI SW reset timeout")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-18 10:37:30 -07:00
Petr Machata
f476b3f809 mlxsw: spectrum: Put MC TCs into DWRR mode
Both Spectrum-1 and Spectrum-2 chips are currently configured such that
pairs of TC n (which is used for UC traffic) and TC n+8 (which is used
for MC traffic) are feeding into the same subgroup. Strict
prioritization is configured between the two TCs, and by enabling
MC-aware mode on the switch, the lower-numbered (UC) TCs are favored
over the higher-numbered (MC) TCs.

On Spectrum-2 however, there is an issue in configuration of the
MC-aware mode. As a result, MC traffic is prioritized over UC traffic.
To work around the issue, configure the MC TCs with DWRR mode (while
keeping the UC TCs in strict mode).

With this patch, the multicast-unicast arbitration results in the same
behavior on both Spectrum-1 and Spectrum-2 chips.

Fixes: 7b81953066 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Configure MC-aware mode on mlxsw ports")
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-18 10:37:30 -07:00
Brett Creeley
711987bbad ice: Calculate ITR increment based on direct calculation
Currently when calculating how much to increment ITR by inside of
ice_update_itr() we do some estimations and intermediate
calculations. Instead of doing estimations, just do the
calculation directly. This allows for a more accurate value and it
makes it easier for the next person to understand and update.

Also, remove the dividing the ITR value by 2 when latency
driven because the ITR values are already so low for 100Gbps
speed. This should help get to the desired ITR value faster.

Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:48 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
9c010de7cf ice: Bump driver version
Update driver version to 0.7.4

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:48 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
3a257a1404 ice: Add code to control FW LLDP and DCBX
This patch adds code to start or stop LLDP and DCBX in firmware through
use of ethtool private flags.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:48 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
b832c2f631 ice: Add code for DCB rebuild
This patch introduces a new function ice_dcb_rebuild which reinitializes
DCB after a reset.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:48 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
4b0fdceb81 ice: Add code to get DCB related statistics
This patch adds a new function ice_update_dcb_stats to get DCB stats
from the hardware and ethtool support for displaying these stats.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:47 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
5f6aa50e4e ice: Add priority information into VLAN header
This patch introduces a new function ice_tx_prepare_vlan_flags_dcb to
insert 802.1p priority information into the VLAN header

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:47 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
a629cf0a01 ice: Update rings based on TC information
This patch adds a new function ice_vsi_cfg_dcb_rings which updates a
VSI's rings based on DCB traffic class information.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:47 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
00cc3f1b3a ice: Add code to process LLDP MIB change events
This patch adds support to process LLDP MIB change notifications sent
by the firmware.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:47 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
0deab659a6 ice: Add code for DCB initialization part 4/4
When the firmware doesn't support LLDP or DCBX, the driver should switch
to "software LLDP mode". This patch adds support for the same.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:47 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
7b9ffc76bf ice: Add code for DCB initialization part 3/4
This patch adds a new function ice_pf_dcb_cfg (and related helpers)
which applies the DCB configuration obtained from the firmware. As
part of this, VSIs/netdevs are updated with traffic class information.

This patch requires a bit of a refactor of existing code.

1. For a MIB change event, the associated VSI is closed and brought up
   again. The gap between closing and opening the VSI can cause a race
   condition. Fix this by grabbing the rtnl_lock prior to closing the
   VSI and then only free it after re-opening the VSI during a MIB
   change event.

2. ice_sched_query_elem is used in ice_sched.c and with this patch, in
   ice_dcb.c as well. However, ice_dcb.c is not built when CONFIG_DCB is
   unset. This results in namespace warnings (ice_sched.o: Externally
   defined symbols with no external references) when CONFIG_DCB is unset.
   To avoid this move ice_sched_query_elem from ice_sched.c to
   ice_common.c.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:47 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
0ebd3ff13c ice: Add code for DCB initialization part 2/4
This patch introduces a new top level function ice_init_dcb (and
related lower level helper functions) which continues the DCB init
flow.

This function uses ice_get_dcb_cfg to get, parse and store the DCB
configuration. Once this is done, it sets itself up to be notified
by the firmware on LLDP MIB change events.

Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:47 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
37b6f6469f ice: Add code for DCB initialization part 1/4
This patch introduces a skeleton for ice_init_pf_dcb, the top level
function for DCB initialization. Subsequent patches will add to this
DCB init flow.

In this patch, ice_init_pf_dcb checks if DCB is a supported capability.
If so, an admin queue call to start the LLDP and DCBx in firmware is
issued. If not, an error is reported. Note that we don't fail the driver
init if DCB init fails.

Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:47 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
802abbb44a ice: Bump version
Bump driver version to 0.7.3

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:47 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
f9867df6d9 ice: Fix incorrect use of abbreviations
Capitalize abbreviations and spell out some that aren't obvious.

Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:47 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
94c4441b5a ice: Fix typos in code comments
This patch fixes typos in code comments.

Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-18 08:38:47 -07:00
Larry Finger
b5250c9c14 rtlwifi: rtl8188ee: Remove extraneous file
Somehow file drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8188ee/trx.c.rej was
incorporated into the sources. Obviously, it can be removed.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Reported-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-18 16:08:23 +03:00
Shaul Triebitz
c537e07b00 iwlwifi: cfg: use family 22560 based_params for AX210 family
Specifically, max_tfd_queue_size should be 0x10000 like in
22560 family and not 0x100 like in 22000 family.

Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-18 15:06:44 +03:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
154d4899e4 iwlwifi: mvm: properly check debugfs dentry before using it
debugfs can now report an error code if something went wrong instead of
just NULL.  So if the return value is to be used as a "real" dentry, it
needs to be checked if it is an error before dereferencing it.

This is now happening because of ff9fb72bc0 ("debugfs: return error
values, not NULL").  If multiple iwlwifi devices are in the system, this
can cause problems when the driver attempts to create the main debugfs
directory again.  Later on in the code we fail horribly by trying to
dereference a pointer that is an error value.

Reported-by: Laura Abbott <labbott@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Gabriel Ramirez <gabriello.ramirez@gmail.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Cc: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Cc: Intel Linux Wireless <linuxwifi@intel.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 5.0
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-18 15:06:44 +03:00
Shahar S Matityahu
b35f63972c iwlwifi: dbg_ini: check debug TLV type explicitly
In ini debug TLVs bit 24 is set. The driver relies on it in the memory
allocation for the debug configuration. This implementation is
problematic in case of a new debug TLV that is not supported yet is added
and uses bit 24. In such a scenario the driver allocate space without
using it which causes errors in the apply point enabling flow.

Solve it by explicitly checking if a given TLV is part of the list of
the supported ini debug TLVs.

Signed-off-by: Shahar S Matityahu <shahar.s.matityahu@intel.com>
Fixes: f14cda6f3b ("iwlwifi: trans: parse and store debug ini TLVs")
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-18 14:07:39 +03:00
Johannes Berg
72d3c7bbc9 iwlwifi: mvm: don't attempt debug collection in rfkill
If we fail to initialize because rfkill is enabled, then trying
to do debug collection currently just fails. Prevent that in the
high-level code, although we should probably also fix the lower
level code to do things more carefully.

It's not 100% clear that it fixes this commit, as the original
dump code at the time might've been more careful. In any case,
we don't really need to dump anything in this expected scenario.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fixes: 7125648074 ("iwlwifi: add fw dump upon RT ucode start failure")
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-18 14:07:39 +03:00
Shahar S Matityahu
1c6bca6d75 iwlwifi: don't panic in error path on non-msix systems
The driver uses msix causes-register to handle both msix and non msix
interrupts when performing sync nmi.  On devices that do not support
msix this register is unmapped and accessing it causes a kernel panic.

Solve this by differentiating the two cases and accessing the proper
causes-register in each case.

Reported-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Shahar S Matityahu <shahar.s.matityahu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2019-04-18 14:07:39 +03:00
Mika Westerberg
9872760eb7 net: thunderbolt: Unregister ThunderboltIP protocol handler when suspending
The XDomain protocol messages may start as soon as Thunderbolt control
channel is started. This means that if the other host starts sending
ThunderboltIP packets early enough they will be passed to the network
driver which then gets confused because its resume hook is not called
yet.

Fix this by unregistering the ThunderboltIP protocol handler when
suspending and registering it back on resume.

Signed-off-by: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-18 11:18:51 +03:00
Colin Ian King
d003d772e6 nfp: abm: fix spelling mistake "offseting" -> "offsetting"
There are a couple of spelling mistakes in NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD error
messages. Fix these.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Mukesh Ojha <mojha@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-17 23:22:26 -07:00
YueHaibing
f87db4dbd5 net: stmmac: Use bfsize1 in ndesc_init_rx_desc
gcc warn this:

drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/norm_desc.c: In function ndesc_init_rx_desc:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/norm_desc.c:138:6: warning: variable 'bfsize1' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

Like enh_desc_init_rx_desc, we should use bfsize1
in ndesc_init_rx_desc to calculate 'p->des1'

Fixes: 583e636141 ("net: stmmac: use correct DMA buffer size in the RX descriptor")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-17 23:20:25 -07:00
David S. Miller
6b0a7f84ea Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflict resolution of af_smc.c from Stephen Rothwell.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-17 11:26:25 -07:00
David S. Miller
3a6f7892ac Merge branch '40GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2019-04-16

This series contains updates to i40e driver only.

Adam fixes i40e so that queues can be restored to its original value if
configuring queue channels fails.  Bumped the maximum API version
supported and added the API version to error messages to clarify
supported firmware API versions.  Fixed the problem with the driver
being able to add only 7 multicast MAC address filters instead of 16.

Aleksandr adds support for Dynamic Device Personalization (DDP) which
allows loading profiles that change the way internal parser interprets
processed frames.

Nick fixes an issue where if we modify the VLAN stripping options when a
port VLAN is configured, it will break traffic for the VSI, so prevent
changes from being made.

Jake fixes an issue where a device reset can mess up the clock time
because we reset the clock time based on the kernel time every reset.
This causes us to potentially completely reset the PTP time, and can
cause unexpected behavior in programs like ptp4l.

Piotr fixes an LED blink issue with the 'ethtool -p' command, so that
identification blinking will work on all hardware.

Chinh fixed the error returned to correctly reflect the current state
when LLDP or DCBx is not in an operational state.

Grzegorz cleans up a misleading error message when untrusted VF tries to
exceed addresses beyond the NIC limit.

Carolyn fixes the error return code to correctly reflect the error case.

v2: updated the URL provided in the DDP patch (#2)
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-17 10:31:21 -07:00
Jose Abreu
e998933906 net: stmmac: Set Flow Control to automatic mode in the driver
By default Flow Control feature is not being enabled in stmmac.

This is a useful feature that can prevent loss of packets and now that
XGMAC already supports it (along with GMAC and QoS) it makes sense to
activate it.

Switch the module parameter to FLOW_AUTO so that Flow Control is
activated.

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-17 10:14:28 -07:00
Jose Abreu
ff82cfc783 net: stmmac: dwxgmac: Finish the Flow Control implementation
Finish the implementation of Flow Control feature. In order for it to
work correctly we need to set EHFC bit and the correct threshold values
for activating and deactivating it.

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-17 10:14:28 -07:00
Ioana Ciocoi Radulescu
2d6802374c dpaa2-eth: Add flow steering support without masking
On platforms that lack a TCAM (like LS1088A), masking of
flow steering keys is not supported. Until now we didn't
offer flow steering capabilities at all on these platforms,
since our driver implementation configured a "comprehensive"
FS key (containing all supported header fields), with masks
used to ignore the fields not present in the rules provided
by the user.

We now allow ethtool rules that share a common key (i.e. have
the same header fields). The FS key is now kept in the driver
private data and initialized when the first rule is added to
an empty table, rather than at probe time. If a rule with a new
composition key is wanted, the user must first manually delete
all previous rules.

When building a FS table entry to pass to firmware, we still use
the old building algorithm, which assumes an all-supported-fields
key, and later collapse the fields which aren't actually needed.

Masked rules are not supported; if provided, the mask value
will be ignored. For firmware versions older than MC10.7.0
(that only offer the legacy ABIs for configuring distribution
keys) flow steering without masking support remains unavailable.

Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-16 21:46:19 -07:00
Ioana Ciocoi Radulescu
3a1e6b84ad dpaa2-eth: Update hash key composition code
Introduce an internal id bitfield to uniquely identify header fields
supported by the Rx distribution keys. For the hash key, add a
conversion from the RXH_* bitmask provided by ethtool to the internal
ids.

Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-16 21:46:19 -07:00
Ioana Ciocoi Radulescu
61f9bf0011 dpaa2-eth: Add a couple of macros
Add two macros to simplify reading DPNI options.

Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-16 21:46:19 -07:00
Ioana Ciocoi Radulescu
df8e249be8 dpaa2-eth: Fix Rx classification status
Set the Rx flow classification enable flag only if key config
operation is successful.

Fixes 3f9b5c9 ("dpaa2-eth: Configure Rx flow classification key")

Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-16 21:46:19 -07:00
Claudiu Manoil
1e1caa9735 ocelot: Clean up stats update deferred work
This is preventive cleanup that may save troubles later.
No need to cancel repeateadly queued work if code is properly
refactored.
Don't let the ethtool -s process interfere with the stat workqueue
scheduling.

Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-16 21:43:53 -07:00
Claudiu Manoil
a8fd48b50d ocelot: Don't sleep in atomic context (irqs_disabled())
Preemption disabled at:
 [<ffff000008cabd54>] dev_set_rx_mode+0x1c/0x38
 Call trace:
 [<ffff00000808a5c0>] dump_backtrace+0x0/0x3d0
 [<ffff00000808a9a4>] show_stack+0x14/0x20
 [<ffff000008e6c0c0>] dump_stack+0xac/0xe4
 [<ffff0000080fe76c>] ___might_sleep+0x164/0x238
 [<ffff0000080fe890>] __might_sleep+0x50/0x88
 [<ffff0000082261e4>] kmem_cache_alloc+0x17c/0x1d0
 [<ffff000000ea0ae8>] ocelot_set_rx_mode+0x108/0x188 [mscc_ocelot_common]
 [<ffff000008cabcf0>] __dev_set_rx_mode+0x58/0xa0
 [<ffff000008cabd5c>] dev_set_rx_mode+0x24/0x38

Fixes: a556c76adc ("net: mscc: Add initial Ocelot switch support")

Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-16 21:43:53 -07:00
John Hurley
9bad65e515 nfp: flower: fix implicit fallthrough warning
The nfp_flower_copy_pre_actions function introduces a case statement with
an intentional fallthrough. However, this generates a warning if built
with the -Wimplicit-fallthrough flag.

Remove the warning by adding a fall through comment.

Fixes: 1c6952ca58 ("nfp: flower: generate merge flow rule")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-16 21:42:06 -07:00
Colin Ian King
3321b6c23f qed: fix spelling mistake "faspath" -> "fastpath"
There is a spelling mistake in a DP_INFO message, fix it.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Mukesh Ojha <mojha@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-16 21:39:10 -07:00
Antoine Tenart
3aed3e2a14 net: phy: micrel: add Asym Pause workaround
The Micrel KSZ9031 PHY may fail to establish a link when the Asymmetric
Pause capability is set. This issue is described in a Silicon Errata
(DS80000691D or DS80000692D), which advises to always disable the
capability. This patch implements the workaround by defining a KSZ9031
specific get_feature callback to force the Asymmetric Pause capability
bit to be cleared.

This fixes issues where the link would not come up at boot time, or when
the Asym Pause bit was set later on.

Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-16 21:36:40 -07:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru
00165c25fa bnx2x: Add support for detection of P2P event packets.
The patch adds support for detecting the P2P (peer-to-peer) event packets.
This is required for timestamping the PTP packets in peer delay mode.
Unmask the below bits (set to 0) for device to detect the p2p packets.
  NIG_REG_P0/1_LLH_PTP_PARAM_MASK
  NIG_REG_P0/1_TLLH_PTP_PARAM_MASK
    bit 1 - IPv4 DA 1 of 224.0.0.107.
    bit 3 - IPv6 DA 1 of 0xFF02:0:0:0:0:0:0:6B.
    bit 9 - MAC DA 1 of 0x01-80-C2-00-00-0E.
  NIG_REG_P0/1_LLH_PTP_RULE_MASK
  NIG_REG_P0/1_TLLH_PTP_RULE_MASK
    bit 2 - {IPv4 DA 1; UDP DP 0}
    bit 6 - MAC Ethertype 0 of 0x88F7.
    bit 9 - MAC DA 1 of 0x01-80-C2-00-00-0E.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-16 21:34:48 -07:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru
b320532c99 bnx2x: Replace magic numbers with macro definitions.
This patch performs code cleanup by defining macros for the ptp-timestamp
filters.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-16 21:34:48 -07:00
Gustavo A. R. Silva
a32b9d91b7 xen-netfront: mark expected switch fall-through
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch
cases where we are expecting to fall through.

This patch fixes the following warning:

drivers/net/xen-netfront.c: In function ‘netback_changed’:
drivers/net/xen-netfront.c:2038:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
   if (dev->state == XenbusStateClosed)
      ^
drivers/net/xen-netfront.c:2041:2: note: here
  case XenbusStateClosing:
  ^~~~

Warning level 3 was used: -Wimplicit-fallthrough=3

Notice that, in this particular case, the code comment is modified
in accordance with what GCC is expecting to find.

This patch is part of the ongoing efforts to enable
-Wimplicit-fallthrough.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Reviewed-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-16 21:03:02 -07:00
Carolyn Wyborny
6e114debb2 i40e: Fix misleading error message
This patch changes an error code for an admin queue
head overrun to use I40E_ERR_ADMIN_QUEUE_FULL instead
of I40E_ERR_QUEUE_EMPTY.

Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-16 15:11:14 -07:00
Adam Ludkiewicz
06b6e2a233 i40e: Able to add up to 16 MAC filters on an untrusted VF
This patch fixes the problem with the driver being able to add only 7
multicast MAC address filters instead of 16. The problem is fixed by
changing the maximum number of MAC address filters to 16+1+1 (two extra
are needed because the driver uses 1 for unicast MAC address and 1 for
broadcast).

Signed-off-by: Adam Ludkiewicz <adam.ludkiewicz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-16 15:11:08 -07:00
Adam Ludkiewicz
f38d1347cd i40e: Report advertised link modes on 40GBASE_SR4
Defined the advertised link mode field for 40000baseSR4_Full for
use with ethtool.

Signed-off-by: Adam Ludkiewicz <adam.ludkiewicz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-16 15:11:04 -07:00
Adam Ludkiewicz
4fb29bddb5 i40e: The driver now prints the API version in error message
Added the API version in the error message for clarity.

Signed-off-by: Adam Ludkiewicz <adam.ludkiewicz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-16 15:10:58 -07:00
Adam Ludkiewicz
cce2dffefe i40e: Changed maximum supported FW API version to 1.8
A new FW has been released, which uses API version 1.8.

Signed-off-by: Adam Ludkiewicz <adam.ludkiewicz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-16 15:10:54 -07:00
Grzegorz Siwik
735aaafaff i40e: Remove misleading messages for untrusted VF
Removed misleading messages when untrusted VF tries to
add more addresses than NIC limit

Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Siwik <grzegorz.siwik@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-16 15:10:50 -07:00
Chinh T Cao
54dea0e7ef i40e: Update i40e_init_dcb to return correct error
Modify the i40e_init_dcb to return the correct error when LLDP or DCBX
is not in operational state.

Signed-off-by: Chinh T Cao <chinh.t.cao@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-16 15:10:47 -07:00
Piotr Marczak
2622133173 i40e: Fix for 10G ports LED not blinking
On some hardware LEDs would not blink after command 'ethtool -p {eth-port}'
in certain circumstances. Now, function does not care about the activity
of the LED (though still preserves its state) but forcibly executes
identification blinking and then restores the LED state.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Marczak <piotr.marczak@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-16 15:10:43 -07:00
Jacob Keller
bf4bf09bdd i40e: save PTP time before a device reset
In the case where PTP is running on the hardware clock, but the kernel
system time is not being synced, a device reset can mess up the clock
time.

This occurs because we reset the clock time based on the kernel time
every reset. This causes us to potentially completely reset the PTP
time, and can cause unexpected behavior in programs like ptp4l.

Avoid this by saving the PTP time prior to device reset, and then
restoring using that time after the reset.

Directly restoring the PTP time we saved isn't perfect, because time
should have continued running, but the clock will essentially be stopped
during the reset. This is still better than the current solution of
assuming that the PTP HW clock is synced to the CLOCK_REALTIME.

We can do even better, by saving the ktime and calculating
a differential, using ktime_get(). This is based on CLOCK_MONOTONIC, and
allows us to get a fairly precise measure of the time difference between
saving and restoring the time.

Using this, we can update the saved PTP time, and use that as the value
to write to the hardware clock registers. This, of course is not perfect.
However, it does help ensure that the PTP time is restored as close as
feasible to the time it should have been if the reset had not occurred.

During device initialization, continue using the system time as the
source for the creation of the PTP clock, since this is the best known
current time source at driver load.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-16 15:10:38 -07:00
Nicholas Nunley
bfb0ebed53 i40e: don't allow changes to HW VLAN stripping on active port VLANs
Modifying the VLAN stripping options when a port VLAN is configured
will break traffic for the VSI, and conceptually doesn't make sense,
so don't allow this.

Signed-off-by: Nicholas Nunley <nicholas.d.nunley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-16 15:10:33 -07:00
Aleksandr Loktionov
cdc594e003 i40e: Implement DDP support in i40e driver
This patch introduces DDP (Dynamic Device Personalization) which allows
loading profiles that change the way internal parser interprets processed
frames. To load DDP profiles it utilizes ethtool flash feature. The files
with recipes must be located in /var/lib/firmware directory. Afterwards
the recipe can be loaded by invoking:

    ethtool -f <if_name> <file_name> 100
    ethtool -f <if_name> - 100

See further details of this feature in the i40e documentation, or
visit
https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/architecture-and-technology/ethernet/dynamic-device-personalization-brief.html

The driver shall verify DDP profile can be loaded in accordance with
the rules:
* Package with Group ID 0 are exclusive and can only be loaded the first.
* Packages with Group ID 0x01-0xFE can only be loaded simultaneously
   with the packages from the same group.
* Packages with Group ID 0xFF are compatible with all other packages.

Signed-off-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-16 15:10:21 -07:00
Adam Ludkiewicz
3e957b377b i40e: Queues are reserved despite "Invalid argument" error
Added a new local variable in the i40e_setup_tc function named
old_queue_pairs so num_queue_pairs can be restored to the correct
value in case configuring queue channels fails. Additionally, moved
the exit label in the i40e_setup_tc function so the if (need_reset)
block can be executed.
Also, fixed data packing in the i40e_setup_tc function.

Signed-off-by: Adam Ludkiewicz <adam.ludkiewicz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-04-16 15:09:29 -07:00
Colin Ian King
614c70f35c bnx2x: fix spelling mistake "dicline" -> "decline"
There is a spelling mistake in a BNX2X_ERR message, fix it.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 17:23:09 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
dcdecdcfe1 net: phy: switch drivers to use dynamic feature detection
Recently genphy_read_abilities() has been added that dynamically detects
clause 22 PHY abilities. I *think* this detection should work with all
supported PHY's, at least for the ones with basic features sets, i.e.
PHY_BASIC_FEATURES and PHY_GBIT_FEATURES. So let's remove setting these
features explicitly and rely on phylib feature detection.

I don't have access to most of these PHY's, therefore I'd appreciate
regression testing.

v2:
- make the feature constant a comment so that readers know which
  features are supported by the respective PHY

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 17:19:54 -07:00
John Hurley
8af56f40e5 nfp: flower: offload merge flows
A merge flow is formed from 2 sub flows. The match fields of the merge are
the same as the first sub flow that has formed it, with the actions being
a combination of the first and second sub flow. Therefore, a merge flow
should replace sub flow 1 when offloaded.

Offload valid merge flows by using a new 'flow mod' message type to
replace an existing offloaded rule. Track the deletion of sub flows that
are linked to a merge flow and revert offloaded merge rules if required.

Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 15:45:36 -07:00
John Hurley
aa6ce2ea0c nfp: flower: support stats update for merge flows
With the merging of 2 sub flows, a new 'merge' flow will be created and
written to FW. The TC layer is unaware that the merge flow exists and will
request stats from the sub flows. Conversely, the FW treats a merge rule
the same as any other rule and sends stats updates to the NFP driver.

Add links between merge flows and their sub flows. Use these links to pass
merge flow stats updates from FW to the underlying sub flows, ensuring TC
stats requests are handled correctly. The updating of sub flow stats is
done on (the less time critcal) TC stats requests rather than on FW stats
update.

Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 15:45:36 -07:00
John Hurley
1c6952ca58 nfp: flower: generate merge flow rule
When combining 2 sub_flows to a single 'merge flow' (assuming the merge is
valid), the merge flow should contain the same match fields as sub_flow 1
with actions derived from a combination of sub_flows 1 and 2. This action
list should have all actions from sub_flow 1 with the exception of the
output action that triggered the 'implicit recirculation' by sending to
an internal port, followed by all actions of sub_flow 2. Any pre-actions
in either sub_flow should feature at the start of the action list.

Add code to generate a new merge flow and populate the match and actions
fields based on the sub_flows. The offloading of the flow is left to
future patches.

Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 15:45:36 -07:00
John Hurley
107e37bb4f nfp: flower: validate merge hint flows
Two flows can be merged if the second flow (after recirculation) matches
on bits that are either matched on or explicitly set by the first flow.
This means that if a packet hits flow 1 and recirculates then it is
guaranteed to hit flow 2.

Add a 'can_merge' function that determines if 2 sub_flows in a merge hint
can be validly merged to a single flow.

Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 15:45:36 -07:00
John Hurley
dbc2d68edc nfp: flower: handle merge hint messages
If a merge hint is received containing 2 flows that are matched via an
implicit recirculation (sending to and matching on an internal port), fw
reports that the flows (called sub_flows) may be able to be combined to a
single flow.

Add infastructure to accept and process merge hint messages. The actual
merging of the flows is left as a stub call.

Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 15:45:36 -07:00
John Hurley
cf4172d575 nfp: flower: get flows by host context
Each flow is given a context ID that the fw uses (along with its cookie)
to identity the flow. The flows stats are updated by the fw via this ID
which is a reference to a pre-allocated array entry.

In preparation for flow merge code, enable the nfp_fl_payload structure to
be accessed via this stats context ID. Rather than increasing the memory
requirements of the pre-allocated array, add a new rhashtable to associate
each active stats context ID with its rule payload.

While adding new code to the compile metadata functions, slightly
restructure the existing function to allow for cleaner, easier to read
error handling.

Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 15:45:36 -07:00
John Hurley
45756dfeda nfp: flower: allow tunnels to output to internal port
The neighbour table in the FW only accepts next hop entries if the egress
port is an nfp repr. Modify this to allow the next hop to be an internal
port. This means that if a packet is to egress to that port, it will
recirculate back into the system with the internal port becoming its
ingress port.

Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 15:45:36 -07:00
John Hurley
f41dd0595d nfp: flower: support fallback packets from internal ports
FW may receive a packet with its ingress port marked as an internal port.
If a rule does not exist to match on this port, the packet will be sent to
the NFP driver. Modify the flower app to detect packets from such internal
ports and convert the ingress port to the correct kernel space netdev.

At this point, it is assumed that fallback packets from internal ports are
to be sent out said port. Therefore, set the redir_egress bool to true on
detection of these ports.

Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 15:45:36 -07:00
John Hurley
27f54b5825 nfp: allow fallback packets from non-reprs
Currently, it is assumed that fallback packets will be from reprs. Modify
this to allow an app to receive non-repr ports from the fallback channel -
e.g. from an internal port. If such a packet is received, do not update
repr stats.

Change the naming function calls so as not to imply it will always be a
repr netdev returned. Add the option to set a bool value to redirect a
fallback packet out the returned port rather than RXing it. Setting of
this bool in subsequent patches allows the handling of packets falling
back when they are due to egress an internal port.

Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 15:45:36 -07:00
John Hurley
4d12ba4278 nfp: flower: allow offloading of matches on 'internal' ports
Recent FW modifications allow the offloading of non repr ports. These
ports exist internally on the NFP. So if a rule outputs to an 'internal'
port, then the packet will recirculate back into the system but will now
have this internal port as it's incoming port. These ports are indicated
by a specific type field combined with an 8 bit port id.

Add private app data to assign additional port ids for use in offloads.
Provide functions to lookup or create new ids when a rule attempts to
match on an internal netdev - the only internal netdevs currently
supported are of type openvswitch. Have a netdev notifier to release
port ids on netdev unregister.

OvS offloads rules that match on internal ports as TC egress filters.
Ensure that such rules are accepted by the driver.

Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 15:45:36 -07:00
John Hurley
2f2622f59c nfp: flower: turn on recirc and merge hint support in firmware
Write to a FW symbol to indicate that the driver supports flow merging. If
this symbol does not exist then flow merging and recirculation is not
supported on the FW. If support is available, add a stub to deal with FW
to kernel merge hint messages.

Full flow merging requires the firmware to support of flow mods. If it
does not, then do not attempt to 'turn on' flow merging.

Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 15:45:36 -07:00
Yunsheng Lin
2566f10676 net: hns3: fix for vport->bw_limit overflow problem
When setting vport->bw_limit to hdev->tm_info.pg_info[0].bw_limit
in hclge_tm_vport_tc_info_update, vport->bw_limit can be as big as
HCLGE_ETHER_MAX_RATE (100000), which can not fit into u16 (65535).

So this patch fixes it by using u32 for vport->bw_limit.

Fixes: 848440544b ("net: hns3: Add support of TX Scheduler & Shaper to HNS3 driver")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 13:39:19 -07:00
Jian Shen
8a9a654b5b net: hns3: fix sparse: warning when calling hclge_set_vlan_filter_hw()
The input parameter "proto" in function hclge_set_vlan_filter_hw()
is asked to be __be16, but got u16 when calling it in function
hclge_update_port_base_vlan_cfg().

This patch fixes it by converting it with htons().

Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Fixes: 21e043cd81 ("net: hns3: fix set port based VLAN for PF")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 13:39:19 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
caf345a18b mlxsw: spectrum_router: Add neighbour offload indication
In a similar fashion to routes and FDB entries, the neighbour table is
reflected to the device.

Set an offload indication on the neighbour in case it was programmed to
the device.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 13:29:20 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
a85e84e030 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Propagate neighbour update errors
Next patch will add offload indication to neighbours, but the indication
should only be altered in case the neighbour was successfully added to /
deleted from the device.

Propagate neighbour update errors, so that they could be taken into
account by the next patch.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 13:29:20 -07:00
Sabrina Dubroca
92480b3977 bonding: fix event handling for stacked bonds
When a bond is enslaved to another bond, bond_netdev_event() only
handles the event as if the bond is a master, and skips treating the
bond as a slave.

This leads to a refcount leak on the slave, since we don't remove the
adjacency to its master and the master holds a reference on the slave.

Reproducer:
  ip link add bondL type bond
  ip link add bondU type bond
  ip link set bondL master bondU
  ip link del bondL

No "Fixes:" tag, this code is older than git history.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 13:22:09 -07:00
David S. Miller
a44acf9060 wireless-drivers fixes for 5.1
Second set of fixes for 5.1.
 
 iwlwifi
 
 * add some new PCI IDs (plus a struct name change they depend on)
 
 * fix crypto with new devices, namely 22560 and above
 
 * fix for a potential deadlock in the TX path
 
 * a fix for offloaded rate-control
 
 * support new PCI HW IDs which use a new FW
 
 mt76
 
 * fix lock initialisation and a possible deadlock
 
 * aggregation fixes
 
 rt2x00
 
 * fix sequence numbering during retransmits
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJctIf2AAoJEG4XJFUm622bm4UH/RjizpPno79+PxKgZFxhYcWJ
 4sBW1hDwcO4FNKLX3tf6WR4N/vxkPEWSbB1gGRbHAIeYeb74ab5hYQoCVaOnU8GL
 uzhjgGVHwUnBi0oluuG12gpU9Zf6raV4Ec9HdRszx1A8DOa0qn5lUrXwWbF3GlZZ
 BU4ojdOZOVQx+yqE+xIr7okcbBpxRZgLK7KthKWgR4G9RlISIsfMYAHE1fwPmPr8
 b7fwqAKkgJ5fGSxez1tv7hlYaRw2zVwFYrVv3TegRKMl1pHTI/ps3ip37JTwv+O0
 lv5112AgEO2cSPT/R0wWqEkZ21Rc/AeFbttcQ9Ejw1SPc/w2d+fX8pTY5/RPw8w=
 =RCyH
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2019-04-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers

Kalle Valo says:

====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 5.1

Second set of fixes for 5.1.

iwlwifi

* add some new PCI IDs (plus a struct name change they depend on)

* fix crypto with new devices, namely 22560 and above

* fix for a potential deadlock in the TX path

* a fix for offloaded rate-control

* support new PCI HW IDs which use a new FW

mt76

* fix lock initialisation and a possible deadlock

* aggregation fixes

rt2x00

* fix sequence numbering during retransmits
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-15 12:02:29 -07:00
David S. Miller
7324880182 mlx5-fixes-2019-04-09
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJcrPOfAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+c1sIAIuVUmF95OK6BxrNxQ31HN7i
 0V/OW29V6B5musqyGXVa90nl9wJ9BE2tmtHsg2HPABXdGdiYhNRP7Tm+aq+QYBe3
 8kJVk5U+HCLeHvf9k3dpJZokMzAgEhuWAbuAE1YelYUtbOXO9Zrj2uTL1NHJTYyc
 SNOg9+gATOMsOAuiUyygN0XMoYESTsUE7UH4tuhyYr44cKR85qOQDPAlcDEHGTfO
 uHWwmOznZqFVJUVyfwtEkTojsxNiW+QA2PR5faX/+eI7746qXOAzYq2JSjtNEyTz
 4xB9a+t47xpGDw4Svwu51pDw+4Uiiy1Yv0kOKKpBqrCk892bZ8l1gWcHRgjYx/8=
 =9wkB
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2019-04-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux

Saeed Mahameed says:

====================
Mellanox, mlx5 fixes 2019-04-09

This series provides some fixes to mlx5 driver.

I've cc'ed some of the checksum fixes to Eric Dumazet and i would like to get
his feedback before you pull.

For -stable v4.19
('net/mlx5: FPGA, tls, idr remove on flow delete')
('net/mlx5: FPGA, tls, hold rcu read lock a bit longer')

For -stable v4.20
('net/mlx5e: Rx, Check ip headers sanity')
('Revert "net/mlx5e: Enable reporting checksum unnecessary also for L3 packets"')
('net/mlx5e: Rx, Fixup skb checksum for packets with tail padding')

For -stable v5.0
('net/mlx5e: Switch to Toeplitz RSS hash by default')
('net/mlx5e: Protect against non-uplink representor for encap')
('net/mlx5e: XDP, Avoid checksum complete when XDP prog is loaded')
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 15:07:30 -07:00
Denis Bolotin
0d72c2ac89 qed: Fix the DORQ's attentions handling
Separate the overflow handling from the hardware interrupt status analysis.
The interrupt status is a single register and is common for all PFs. The
first PF reading the register is not necessarily the one who overflowed.
All PFs must check their overflow status on every attention.
In this change we clear the sticky indication in the attention handler to
allow doorbells to be processed again as soon as possible, but running
the doorbell recovery is scheduled for the periodic handler to reduce the
time spent in the attention handler.
Checking the need for DORQ flush was changed to "db_bar_no_edpm" because
qed_edpm_enabled()'s result could change dynamically and might have
prevented a needed flush.

Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <dbolotin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <mkalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:59:49 -07:00
Denis Bolotin
d4476b8a61 qed: Fix missing DORQ attentions
When the DORQ (doorbell block) is overflowed, all PFs get attentions at the
same time. If one PF finished handling the attention before another PF even
started, the second PF might miss the DORQ's attention bit and not handle
the attention at all.
If the DORQ attention is missed and the issue is not resolved, another
attention will not be sent, therefore each attention is treated as a
potential DORQ attention.
As a result, the attention callback is called more frequently so the debug
print was moved to reduce its quantity.
The number of periodic doorbell recovery handler schedules was reduced
because it was the previous way to mitigating the missed attention issue.

Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <dbolotin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <mkalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:59:49 -07:00
Denis Bolotin
b61b04ad81 qed: Fix the doorbell address sanity check
Fix the condition which verifies that doorbell address is inside the
doorbell bar by checking that the end of the address is within range
as well.

Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <dbolotin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <mkalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:59:49 -07:00
Denis Bolotin
9ac6bb1414 qed: Delete redundant doorbell recovery types
DB_REC_DRY_RUN (running doorbell recovery without sending doorbells) is
never used. DB_REC_ONCE (send a single doorbell from the doorbell recovery)
is not needed anymore because by running the periodic handler we make sure
we check the overflow status later instead.
This patch is needed because in the next patches, the only doorbell
recovery type being used is DB_REC_REAL_DEAL, and the fixes are much
cleaner without this enum.

Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <dbolotin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <mkalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:59:48 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
e62b2fd5d3 r8169: change irq handler to always trigger NAPI polling
This check isn't really needed and we can simplify the code and save
some CPU cycles by removing it. Only in case of an error none of these
bits are set, and calling the NAPI callback doesn't hurt in this case.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:58:15 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
8344ffffd1 r8169: create function pointer array for chip hw init functions
Using a function pointer array makes this easier to read and better
maintainable.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:50:05 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
1fcd165884 r8169: create function pointer array for PHY init functions
Using a function pointer array makes this easier to read and better
maintainable. AFAIK function pointer arrays cause some performance
drawback due to Spectre mitigation, but we're not in a hot path here.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:50:05 -07:00
Peng Li
6814b5900b net: hns3: code optimization for command queue' spin lock
This patch removes some redundant BH disable when initializing
and uninitializing command queue.

Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:47:35 -07:00
Peng Li
cc5ff6e90f net: hns3: free the pending skb when clean RX ring
If there is pending skb in RX flow when close the port, and the
pending buffer is not cleaned, the new packet will be added to
the pending skb when the port opens again, and the first new
packet has error data.

This patch cleans the pending skb when clean RX ring.

Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:47:35 -07:00
Jian Shen
2d0075b4a7 net: hns3: do not initialize MDIO bus when PHY is inexistent
For some cases, PHY may not be connected to MDIO bus, then
the driver will initialize fail since MDIO bus initialization
fails.

This patch fixes it by skipping the MDIO bus initialization
when PHY is inexistent.

Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:47:35 -07:00
Weihang Li
c41e672d1e net: hns3: set dividual reset level for all RAS and MSI-X errors
According to hardware description, reset level that should be
triggered are not consistent in a module. For example, in SSU
common errors, the first two bits has no need to do reset,
but the other bits need global reset.

This patch sets separate reset level for all RAS and MSI-X
interrupts by adding a reset_lvel field in struct hclge_hw_error,
and fixes some incorrect reset level.

Signed-off-by: Weihang Li <liweihang@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:47:35 -07:00
Yunsheng Lin
1a49f3c614 net: hns3: divide shared buffer between TC
Currently hardware may have not enough buffer to receive packet
when it has used more than two MPS(maximum packet size) of
buffer, but there are still a lot of shared buffer left unused
when TC num is small.

This patch divides shared buffer to be used between TC when
the port supports DCB, and adjusts the waterline and threshold
according to user manual for the port that does not support
DCB.

This patch also change hclge_get_tc_num's return type to u32
to avoid signed-unsigned mix with divide.

Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:47:35 -07:00
Yunsheng Lin
db5936db8f net: hns3: always assume no drop TC for performance reason
Currently RX shared buffer' threshold size for speific TC is
set to smaller value when the TC's PFC is not enabled, which may
cause performance problem because hardware may not have enough
hardware buffer when PFC is not enabled.

This patch sets the same threshold size for all TC no matter if
the specific TC's PFC is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:47:35 -07:00
Yunsheng Lin
d474d88f88 net: hns3: add hns3_gro_complete for HW GRO process
When a GRO packet is received by driver, the cwr field in the
struct tcphdr needs to be checked to decide whether to set the
SKB_GSO_TCP_ECN for skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_type.

So this patch adds hns3_gro_complete to do that, and adds the
hns3_handle_bdinfo to handle the hns3_gro_complete and
hns3_rx_checksum.

Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:47:35 -07:00
Yunsheng Lin
a4d2cdcbb8 net: hns3: minor refactor for hns3_rx_checksum
Change the parameters of hns3_rx_checksum to be more specific to
what is used internally, rather than passing in a pointer to the
whole hns3_desc. Reduces duplicate code and bring this function
inline with the approach used in hns3_set_gro_param.

Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:47:35 -07:00
Jian Shen
92f11ea177 net: hns3: fix set port based VLAN issue for VF
In original codes, ndo_set_vf_vlan() in hns3 driver was implemented
wrong. It adds or removes VLAN into VLAN filter for VF, but VF is
unaware of it.

This patch fixes it. When VF loads up, it firstly queries the port
based VLAN state from PF. When user change port based VLAN state
from PF, PF firstly checks whether the VF is alive. If the VF is
alive, then PF notifies the VF the modification; otherwise PF
configure the port based VLAN state directly.

Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:47:35 -07:00
Jian Shen
21e043cd81 net: hns3: fix set port based VLAN for PF
In original codes, ndo_set_vf_vlan() in hns3 driver was implemented
wrong. It adds or removes VLAN into VLAN filter for VF, but VF is
unaware of it.

Indeed, ndo_set_vf_vlan() is expected to enable or disable port based
VLAN (hardware inserts a specified VLAN tag to all TX packets for a
specified VF) . When enable port based VLAN, we use port based VLAN id
as VLAN filter entry. When disable port based VLAN, we use VLAN id of
VLAN device.

This patch fixes it for PF, enable/disable port based VLAN when calls
ndo_set_vf_vlan().

Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:47:34 -07:00
Jian Shen
44e626f720 net: hns3: fix VLAN offload handle for VLAN inserted by port
Currently, in TX direction, driver implements the TX VLAN offload
by checking the VLAN header in skb, and filling it into TX descriptor.
Usually it works well, but if enable inserting VLAN header based on
port, it may conflict when out_tag field of TX descriptor is already
used, and cause RAS error.

In RX direction, hardware supports stripping max two VLAN headers.
For vlan_tci in skb can only store one VLAN tag, when RX VLAN offload
enabled, driver tells hardware to strip one VLAN header from RX
packet; when RX VLAN offload disabled, driver tells hardware not to
strip VLAN header from RX packet. Now if port based insert VLAN
enabled, all RX packets will have the port based VLAN header. This
header is useless for stack, driver needs to ask hardware to strip
it. Unfortunately, hardware can't drop this VLAN header, and always
fill it into RX descriptor, so driver has to identify and drop it.

Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:47:34 -07:00
Jian Shen
741fca1667 net: hns3: modify VLAN initialization to be compatible with port based VLAN
Our hardware supports inserting a specified VLAN header for each
function when sending packets. User can enable it with command
"ip link set <devname> vf  <vfid> vlan <vlan id>".
For this VLAN header is inserted by hardware, not from stack,
hardware also needs to strip it from received packets before
sending to stack.  In this case, driver needs to tell
hardware which VLAN to insert or strip.

The current VLAN initialization doesn't allow inserting
VLAN header by hardware, this patch modifies it, in order be
compatible with VLAN inserted base on port.

Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:47:34 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
c6576bfe2f phy: warn if phylib and ethtool PHY mode definitions are out of sync
If new PHY modes are added people may miss to update all relevant places
in the kernel. Therefore add a build bug check for new modes in enum
ethtool_link_mode_bit_indices that haven't been added to phylib yet.

Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:37:06 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
5a3144e419 net: phy: add support for new modes in phylib
Recently new modes have been added to ethtool.h, but the related
extension to phylib hasn't been done yet. So add support for these
modes.

v2:
- add missing 100Gbps and 50Gbps modes

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:37:06 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
f1538eca9e net: phy: shrink PHY settings array
The definition of array settings[] is quite lengthy meanwhile. Add a
macro to shrink the definition.

v2:
- Fix an indentation issue

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-14 13:37:06 -07:00
YueHaibing
bdfc4027de rtlwifi: rtl8723ae: Make rtl8723e_dm_refresh_rate_adaptive_mask static
Fix sparse warning:

drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/dm.c:666:6:
 warning: symbol 'rtl8723e_dm_refresh_rate_adaptive_mask' was not declared. Should it be static?

Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-13 14:17:52 +03:00
Larry Finger
ddab2eee79 rtlwifi: Convert the wake_match variable to local
In five of the drivers, the contents of bits 29-31 of one of the RX
descriptors is used to set bits in a variable that is used to save the
wakeup condition for output in a debugging statement. The resulting
variable is not used anywhere else even though it is stored in a struct
and could be available in other routines. This variable is changed to be
local.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-13 14:15:45 +03:00
Larry Finger
0961d9874a rtlwifi: Fix duplicate tests of one of the RX descriptors
In drivers rtl8188ee, rtl8821ae, rtl8723be, and rtl8192ee, the reason
for a wake-up is returned in the fourth RX descriptor in bits 29-31. Due
to typographical errors, all but rtl8821ae test bit 31 twice and fail to
test bit 29.

This error causes no problems as the tests are only used to set bits in
the output of an optional debugging statement.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-13 14:15:44 +03:00
Colin Ian King
a927e8d8ab brcmfmac: fix leak of mypkt on error return path
Currently if the call to brcmf_sdiod_set_backplane_window fails then
error return path leaks mypkt. Fix this by returning by a new
error path labelled 'out' that calls brcmu_pkt_buf_free_skb to free
mypkt.  Also remove redundant check on err before calling
brcmf_sdiod_skbuff_write.

Addresses-Coverity: ("Resource Leak")
Fixes: a7c3aa1509 ("brcmfmac: Remove brcmf_sdiod_addrprep()")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Mukesh Ojha <mojha@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-13 14:07:09 +03:00
Ondrej Jirman
e3062e05e1 brcmfmac: Loading the correct firmware for brcm43456
SDIO based brcm43456 is currently misdetected as brcm43455 and the wrong
firmware name is used. Correct the detection and load the correct
firmware file. Chiprev for brcm43456 is "9".

Signed-off-by: Ondrej Jirman <megous@megous.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-13 14:04:44 +03:00
Gustavo A. R. Silva
0cf83903aa brcmfmac: Use struct_size() in kzalloc()
One of the more common cases of allocation size calculations is finding
the size of a structure that has a zero-sized array at the end, along
with memory for some number of elements for that array. For example:

struct foo {
    int stuff;
    struct boo entry[];
};

size = sizeof(struct foo) + count * sizeof(struct boo);
instance = kzalloc(size, GFP_KERNEL)

Instead of leaving these open-coded and prone to type mistakes, we can
now use the new struct_size() helper:

instance = kzalloc(struct_size(instance, entry, count), GFP_KERNEL)

Notice that, in this case, variable reqsz is not necessary,
hence it is removed.

This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-13 13:58:36 +03:00
Kalle Valo
5f659c792a Second batch of patches intended for v5.2
* Work on the new debugging infra continues;
 * Fixes for the 22000 series;
 * Support for some new FW API changes;
 * Work on new hardware continues;
 * Some debugfs cleanups by Greg-KH;
 * General bugfixes;
 * Other cleanups;
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIzBAABCgAdFiEEF3LNfgb2BPWm68smoUecoho8xfoFAlykbPEACgkQoUecoho8
 xfocxA//XQGIwKM/kNj9idxhZ9ATbTqMx32h6IU5dZvI/8uNOdAT3e+irdqLnpJP
 aaQfqK/jfmIvQwZ6WUuCTGCQvoC64saJUEB7hxxHDSujYCMeHTdSHPxxmYwUb/4L
 glTJai9vAl+bAaaVLZukfE4/sTNVbTXDjFD2k7A6Nkb0FeHRLN0yz6Qzkn6wnpIs
 jlxNLk+w0xnPnEFXqJhp+LX2oyYbhd6iV08rWKs7HnZhyM+hVx9GL+5UwIjqLsdC
 6Ps0USMcx2zLgaijihGKRW7P2VT1iMM8vQxf4e87ovOHCFjA3xbWqlw2tWlD70kD
 +VMYLJYCSo2bZdX1wn8GV7Asfy3gE1Ut8ufQU5v1dOplDmMWvyg1j0+Pat/u/gs0
 VGjoqPFgPR5bPNB3yWHNdvXpR6+C4PF5udeBqPOxbM6spa7SnSqxIxPKiUYf4HAu
 6BBg+DRvHD9YNYOTRh9w+vblsOQ5EEOZxhP/m+vDmSFoUwaeS/yw/K0iFaJyu5re
 JOkrCYtB87gtq25gZIJWkhiO/H3x6fY0r0xmiBjdzNbC6z/3ogfNaHlRgzLNu6Mf
 UjGK7aEeqXG0iP6PA8xfKlD4OJ41hyIpLFBM80+lX010S1PNwMWWO64yu2Vsorpo
 qmb4unTdYkpRn6Ii3q1XkVhKs3AgIN/hS8MJ25AldDMXEDbfpwY=
 =qVj2
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2019-04-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next

Second batch of patches intended for v5.2

* Work on the new debugging infra continues;
* Fixes for the 22000 series;
* Support for some new FW API changes;
* Work on new hardware continues;
* Some debugfs cleanups by Greg-KH;
* General bugfixes;
* Other cleanups;
2019-04-13 13:45:03 +03:00
Jakub Kicinski
bcf0cafab4 nfp: split out common control message handling code
BPF's control message handler seems like a good base to built
on for request-reply control messages.  Split it out to allow
for reuse.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-12 17:29:15 -07:00
Jakub Kicinski
0a72d8332c nfp: move vNIC reset before netdev init
During probe we clear vNIC configuration in case the device
wasn't closed cleanly by previous driver.  Move that code
before netdev init, so netdev init can already try to apply
its config parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-12 17:29:15 -07:00
Jakub Kicinski
dd5b2498d8 nfp: add a mutex lock for the vNIC ctrl BAR
Soon we will try to write to the vNIC mailbox without RTNL held.
Add a new mutex to protect access to specific parts of the PCI
control BAR.

Move the mailbox size checking to the mailbox lock() helper, where
it can be more effective (happen prior to potential overwrite of
other data).

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-12 17:29:15 -07:00
Dirk van der Merwe
e64718282c nfp: opportunistically poll for reconfig result
If the reconfig was a quick update, we could have results available from
firmware within 200us.

Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-12 17:29:15 -07:00
Colin Ian King
1dc2b3d655 qede: fix write to free'd pointer error and double free of ptp
The err2 error return path calls qede_ptp_disable that cleans up
on an error and frees ptp. After this, the free'd ptp is dereferenced
when ptp->clock is set to NULL and the code falls-through to error
path err1 that frees ptp again.

Fix this by calling qede_ptp_disable and exiting via an error
return path that does not set ptp->clock or kfree ptp.

Addresses-Coverity: ("Write to pointer after free")
Fixes: 035744975a ("qede: Add support for PTP resource locking.")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-12 16:55:47 -07:00
Colin Ian King
0a2c34f18c vxge: fix return of a free'd memblock on a failed dma mapping
Currently if a pci dma mapping failure is detected a free'd
memblock address is returned rather than a NULL (that indicates
an error). Fix this by ensuring NULL is returned on this error case.

Addresses-Coverity: ("Use after free")
Fixes: 528f727279 ("vxge: code cleanup and reorganization")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-12 16:54:41 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
4b3a84bce4 netdevsim: move sdev-specific init/uninit code into separate functions
In order to improve readability and prepare for future code changes,
move sdev specific init/uninit code into separate functions.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-12 16:49:54 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
b26b6946a6 netdevsim: make bpf_offload_dev_create() per-sdev instead of first ns
offload dev is stored in sdev struct. However, first netdevsim instance
is used as a priv. Change this to be sdev to as it is shared among
multiple netdevsim instances.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-12 16:49:54 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
38f58c9723 netdevsim: move sdev specific bpf debugfs files to sdev dir
Some netdevsim bpf debugfs files are per-sdev, yet they are defined per
netdevsim instance. Move them under sdev directory.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-12 16:49:54 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
af9095f00d netdevsim: move shared dev creation and destruction into separate file
To make code easier to read, move shared dev bits into a separate file.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-12 16:49:54 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
056b21fbe6 net: veth: use generic helper to report timestamping info
For reporting the common set of SW timestamping capabilities, use
ethtool_op_get_ts_info() instead of re-implementing it.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-12 16:26:37 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
af730342ec net: loopback: use generic helper to report timestamping info
For reporting the common set of SW timestamping capabilities, use
ethtool_op_get_ts_info() instead of re-implementing it.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-12 16:26:37 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
abe9fd5726 net: dummy: use generic helper to report timestamping info
For reporting the common set of SW timestamping capabilities, use
ethtool_op_get_ts_info() instead of re-implementing it.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-12 16:26:37 -07:00
Kalle Valo
832bc250d7 Second batch of iwlwifi fixes intended for v5.1
* fix for a potential deadlock in the TX path;
 * a fix for offloaded rate-control;
 * support new PCI HW IDs which use a new FW;
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIzBAABCgAdFiEEF3LNfgb2BPWm68smoUecoho8xfoFAlyka8EACgkQoUecoho8
 xfqbpg//dTiEkkB5vMeUYfsgyO4JdCmzCQg7ZYh7FfRtxP8EnRCD4CSQJHmU0K/G
 /K+cRn7nA06STbvshtmGQRJ9KJ8nLJ4wt1cZMXSi6O2bH6jdwKpBE6hCq71Kw99d
 zWns40Db3JFKE4/+OIRVAo1bdThjLquxrponGAr0CC7PzAo1BdG1ux34PlXev0Av
 n7rk/sLqPH/sfEOuVVU6WBNkhAAy0vSUfcZ2FOMuebx9Qkap7VFwSxGyuJI0mdPZ
 wQiAg4aCVUnbxscQB2ag82wMWui5HLtgdCh5aCgZNsCkWodr6iZXL32uhg8v09LZ
 yYnPWtyztm4t4InzeF3dmBfT/aKMeYn5C/tmi3oSIU0swUJdBeTuqYzKcuon4Ths
 +DJob2Gq8q1PEC6kSVfcJ7xZDt6bawfFdM9MwOSYYk2AYhyaPfSTud7w44NkqpKk
 fnfJHmFskYcz4pqld8/kjSHMTr/fZCRn3jDBaPoNZpJpZaPQ3y1jymyQ8/9d9OKM
 f44TDDMkRUw1rOiHm3IZQZiMXaUgY8ZHFF7z6sITwogPJVXSqG8d+kLfo0WBVk1B
 Bt/8ApuuyRm52CZPE+lYLP9rINdoMJFmOHA73sj6/RXWNYJ4QWzqzM4Fgld3ZuIh
 nldyeSWO/uFmlKcydT1wBNTqi63zn2PWIC0ejlwqDJ9L0KCSgMc=
 =EfCY
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2019-04-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes

Second batch of iwlwifi fixes intended for v5.1

* fix for a potential deadlock in the TX path;
* a fix for offloaded rate-control;
* support new PCI HW IDs which use a new FW;
2019-04-12 21:34:27 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
bafdf85dfa mt76x02: avoid status_list.lock and sta->rate_ctrl_lock dependency
Move ieee80211_tx_status_ext() outside of status_list lock section
in order to avoid locking dependency and possible deadlock reposed by
LOCKDEP in below warning.

Also do mt76_tx_status_lock() just before it's needed.

[  440.224832] WARNING: possible circular locking dependency detected
[  440.224833] 5.1.0-rc2+ #22 Not tainted
[  440.224834] ------------------------------------------------------
[  440.224835] kworker/u16:28/2362 is trying to acquire lock:
[  440.224836] 0000000089b8cacf (&(&q->lock)->rlock#2){+.-.}, at: mt76_wake_tx_queue+0x4c/0xb0 [mt76]
[  440.224842]
               but task is already holding lock:
[  440.224842] 000000002cfedc59 (&(&sta->lock)->rlock){+.-.}, at: ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb+0x32/0x1f0 [mac80211]
[  440.224863]
               which lock already depends on the new lock.

[  440.224863]
               the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
[  440.224864]
               -> #3 (&(&sta->lock)->rlock){+.-.}:
[  440.224869]        _raw_spin_lock_bh+0x34/0x40
[  440.224880]        ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session+0xe4/0x3d0 [mac80211]
[  440.224894]        minstrel_ht_get_rate+0x45c/0x510 [mac80211]
[  440.224906]        rate_control_get_rate+0xc1/0x140 [mac80211]
[  440.224918]        ieee80211_tx_h_rate_ctrl+0x195/0x3c0 [mac80211]
[  440.224930]        ieee80211_xmit_fast+0x26d/0xa50 [mac80211]
[  440.224942]        __ieee80211_subif_start_xmit+0xfc/0x310 [mac80211]
[  440.224954]        ieee80211_subif_start_xmit+0x38/0x390 [mac80211]
[  440.224956]        dev_hard_start_xmit+0xb8/0x300
[  440.224957]        __dev_queue_xmit+0x7d4/0xbb0
[  440.224968]        ip6_finish_output2+0x246/0x860 [ipv6]
[  440.224978]        mld_sendpack+0x1bd/0x360 [ipv6]
[  440.224987]        mld_ifc_timer_expire+0x1a4/0x2f0 [ipv6]
[  440.224989]        call_timer_fn+0x89/0x2a0
[  440.224990]        run_timer_softirq+0x1bd/0x4d0
[  440.224992]        __do_softirq+0xdb/0x47c
[  440.224994]        irq_exit+0xfa/0x100
[  440.224996]        smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x9a/0x220
[  440.224997]        apic_timer_interrupt+0xf/0x20
[  440.224999]        cpuidle_enter_state+0xc1/0x470
[  440.225000]        do_idle+0x21a/0x260
[  440.225001]        cpu_startup_entry+0x19/0x20
[  440.225004]        start_secondary+0x135/0x170
[  440.225006]        secondary_startup_64+0xa4/0xb0
[  440.225007]
               -> #2 (&(&sta->rate_ctrl_lock)->rlock){+.-.}:
[  440.225009]        _raw_spin_lock_bh+0x34/0x40
[  440.225022]        rate_control_tx_status+0x4f/0xb0 [mac80211]
[  440.225031]        ieee80211_tx_status_ext+0x142/0x1a0 [mac80211]
[  440.225035]        mt76x02_send_tx_status+0x2e4/0x340 [mt76x02_lib]
[  440.225037]        mt76x02_tx_status_data+0x31/0x40 [mt76x02_lib]
[  440.225040]        mt76u_tx_status_data+0x51/0xa0 [mt76_usb]
[  440.225042]        process_one_work+0x237/0x5d0
[  440.225043]        worker_thread+0x3c/0x390
[  440.225045]        kthread+0x11d/0x140
[  440.225046]        ret_from_fork+0x3a/0x50
[  440.225047]
               -> #1 (&(&list->lock)->rlock#8){+.-.}:
[  440.225049]        _raw_spin_lock_bh+0x34/0x40
[  440.225052]        mt76_tx_status_skb_add+0x51/0x100 [mt76]
[  440.225054]        mt76x02u_tx_prepare_skb+0xbd/0x116 [mt76x02_usb]
[  440.225056]        mt76u_tx_queue_skb+0x5f/0x180 [mt76_usb]
[  440.225058]        mt76_tx+0x93/0x190 [mt76]
[  440.225070]        ieee80211_tx_frags+0x148/0x210 [mac80211]
[  440.225081]        __ieee80211_tx+0x75/0x1b0 [mac80211]
[  440.225092]        ieee80211_tx+0xde/0x110 [mac80211]
[  440.225105]        __ieee80211_tx_skb_tid_band+0x72/0x90 [mac80211]
[  440.225122]        ieee80211_send_auth+0x1f3/0x360 [mac80211]
[  440.225141]        ieee80211_auth.cold.40+0x6c/0x100 [mac80211]
[  440.225156]        ieee80211_mgd_auth.cold.50+0x132/0x15f [mac80211]
[  440.225171]        cfg80211_mlme_auth+0x149/0x360 [cfg80211]
[  440.225181]        nl80211_authenticate+0x273/0x2e0 [cfg80211]
[  440.225183]        genl_family_rcv_msg+0x196/0x3a0
[  440.225184]        genl_rcv_msg+0x47/0x8e
[  440.225185]        netlink_rcv_skb+0x3a/0xf0
[  440.225187]        genl_rcv+0x24/0x40
[  440.225188]        netlink_unicast+0x16d/0x210
[  440.225189]        netlink_sendmsg+0x204/0x3b0
[  440.225191]        sock_sendmsg+0x36/0x40
[  440.225193]        ___sys_sendmsg+0x259/0x2b0
[  440.225194]        __sys_sendmsg+0x47/0x80
[  440.225196]        do_syscall_64+0x60/0x1f0
[  440.225197]        entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x49/0xbe
[  440.225198]
               -> #0 (&(&q->lock)->rlock#2){+.-.}:
[  440.225200]        lock_acquire+0xb9/0x1a0
[  440.225202]        _raw_spin_lock_bh+0x34/0x40
[  440.225204]        mt76_wake_tx_queue+0x4c/0xb0 [mt76]
[  440.225215]        ieee80211_agg_start_txq+0xe8/0x2b0 [mac80211]
[  440.225225]        ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb+0xb8/0x1f0 [mac80211]
[  440.225235]        ieee80211_ba_session_work+0x1c1/0x2f0 [mac80211]
[  440.225236]        process_one_work+0x237/0x5d0
[  440.225237]        worker_thread+0x3c/0x390
[  440.225239]        kthread+0x11d/0x140
[  440.225240]        ret_from_fork+0x3a/0x50
[  440.225240]
               other info that might help us debug this:

[  440.225241] Chain exists of:
                 &(&q->lock)->rlock#2 --> &(&sta->rate_ctrl_lock)->rlock --> &(&sta->lock)->rlock

[  440.225243]  Possible unsafe locking scenario:

[  440.225244]        CPU0                    CPU1
[  440.225244]        ----                    ----
[  440.225245]   lock(&(&sta->lock)->rlock);
[  440.225245]                                lock(&(&sta->rate_ctrl_lock)->rlock);
[  440.225246]                                lock(&(&sta->lock)->rlock);
[  440.225247]   lock(&(&q->lock)->rlock#2);
[  440.225248]
                *** DEADLOCK ***

[  440.225249] 5 locks held by kworker/u16:28/2362:
[  440.225250]  #0: 0000000048fcd291 ((wq_completion)phy0){+.+.}, at: process_one_work+0x1b5/0x5d0
[  440.225252]  #1: 00000000f1c6828f ((work_completion)(&sta->ampdu_mlme.work)){+.+.}, at: process_one_work+0x1b5/0x5d0
[  440.225254]  #2: 00000000433d2b2c (&sta->ampdu_mlme.mtx){+.+.}, at: ieee80211_ba_session_work+0x5c/0x2f0 [mac80211]
[  440.225265]  #3: 000000002cfedc59 (&(&sta->lock)->rlock){+.-.}, at: ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb+0x32/0x1f0 [mac80211]
[  440.225276]  #4: 000000009d7b9a44 (rcu_read_lock){....}, at: ieee80211_agg_start_txq+0x33/0x2b0 [mac80211]
[  440.225286]
               stack backtrace:
[  440.225288] CPU: 2 PID: 2362 Comm: kworker/u16:28 Not tainted 5.1.0-rc2+ #22
[  440.225289] Hardware name: LENOVO 20KGS23S0P/20KGS23S0P, BIOS N23ET55W (1.30 ) 08/31/2018
[  440.225300] Workqueue: phy0 ieee80211_ba_session_work [mac80211]
[  440.225301] Call Trace:
[  440.225304]  dump_stack+0x85/0xc0
[  440.225306]  print_circular_bug.isra.38.cold.58+0x15c/0x195
[  440.225307]  check_prev_add.constprop.48+0x5f0/0xc00
[  440.225309]  ? check_prev_add.constprop.48+0x39d/0xc00
[  440.225311]  ? __lock_acquire+0x41d/0x1100
[  440.225312]  __lock_acquire+0xd98/0x1100
[  440.225313]  ? __lock_acquire+0x41d/0x1100
[  440.225315]  lock_acquire+0xb9/0x1a0
[  440.225317]  ? mt76_wake_tx_queue+0x4c/0xb0 [mt76]
[  440.225319]  _raw_spin_lock_bh+0x34/0x40
[  440.225321]  ? mt76_wake_tx_queue+0x4c/0xb0 [mt76]
[  440.225323]  mt76_wake_tx_queue+0x4c/0xb0 [mt76]
[  440.225334]  ieee80211_agg_start_txq+0xe8/0x2b0 [mac80211]
[  440.225344]  ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb+0xb8/0x1f0 [mac80211]
[  440.225354]  ieee80211_ba_session_work+0x1c1/0x2f0 [mac80211]
[  440.225356]  process_one_work+0x237/0x5d0
[  440.225358]  worker_thread+0x3c/0x390
[  440.225359]  ? wq_calc_node_cpumask+0x70/0x70
[  440.225360]  kthread+0x11d/0x140
[  440.225362]  ? kthread_create_on_node+0x40/0x40
[  440.225363]  ret_from_fork+0x3a/0x50

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 88046b2c9f ("mt76: add support for reporting tx status with skb")
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-12 21:32:40 +03:00
Vijayakumar Durai
746ba11f17 rt2x00: do not increment sequence number while re-transmitting
Currently rt2x00 devices retransmit the management frames with
incremented sequence number if hardware is assigning the sequence.

This is HW bug fixed already for non-QOS data frames, but it should
be fixed for management frames except beacon.

Without fix retransmitted frames have wrong SN:

 AlphaNet_e8:fb:36 Vivotek_52:31:51 Authentication, SN=1648, FN=0, Flags=........C Frame is not being retransmitted 1648 1
 AlphaNet_e8:fb:36 Vivotek_52:31:51 Authentication, SN=1649, FN=0, Flags=....R...C Frame is being retransmitted 1649 1
 AlphaNet_e8:fb:36 Vivotek_52:31:51 Authentication, SN=1650, FN=0, Flags=....R...C Frame is being retransmitted 1650 1

With the fix SN stays correctly the same:

 88:6a:e3:e8:f9:a2 8c:f5:a3:88:76:87 Authentication, SN=1450, FN=0, Flags=........C
 88:6a:e3:e8:f9:a2 8c:f5:a3:88:76:87 Authentication, SN=1450, FN=0, Flags=....R...C
 88:6a:e3:e8:f9:a2 8c:f5:a3:88:76:87 Authentication, SN=1450, FN=0, Flags=....R...C

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Vijayakumar Durai <vijayakumar.durai1@vivint.com>
[sgruszka: simplify code, change comments and changelog]
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-12 21:31:07 +03:00
Felix Fietkau
9dc27bcbe7 mt76: mt7603: send BAR after powersave wakeup
Now that the sequence number allocation is fixed, we can finally send a BAR
at powersave wakeup time to refresh the receiver side reorder window

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-12 21:28:26 +03:00
Felix Fietkau
aa3cb24be1 mt76: mt7603: fix sequence number assignment
If the MT_TXD3_SN_VALID flag is not set in the tx descriptor, the hardware
assigns the sequence number. However, the rest of the code assumes that the
sequence number specified in the 802.11 header gets transmitted.
This was causing issues with the aggregation setup, which worked for the
initial one (where the sequence numbers were still close), but not for
further teardown/re-establishing of sessions.

Additionally, the overwrite of the TID sequence number in WTBL2 was resetting
the hardware assigned sequence numbers, causing them to drift further apart.

Fix this by using the software assigned sequence numbers

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-12 21:28:26 +03:00
Felix Fietkau
2170e2157d mt76: mt7603: add missing initialization for dev->ps_lock
Fixes lockdep complaint and a potential race condition

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-12 21:28:25 +03:00
Dongli Zhang
6dc400af21 xen-netback: add reference from xenvif to backend_info to facilitate coredump analysis
During coredump analysis, it is not easy to obtain the address of
backend_info in xen-netback.

So far there are two ways to obtain backend_info:

1. Do what xenbus_device_find() does for vmcore to find the xenbus_device
and then derive it from dev_get_drvdata().

2. Extract backend_info from callstack of xenwatch (e.g., netback_remove()
or frontend_changed()).

This patch adds a reference from xenvif to backend_info so that it would be
much more easier to obtain backend_info during coredump analysis.

Signed-off-by: Dongli Zhang <dongli.zhang@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-12 10:10:28 -07:00
Andy Duan
d7c3a206e6 net: fec: manage ahb clock in runtime pm
Some SOC like i.MX6SX clock have some limits:
- ahb clock should be disabled before ipg.
- ahb and ipg clocks are required for MAC MII bus.
So, move the ahb clock to runtime management together with
ipg clock.

Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-11 13:53:28 -07:00
Matteo Croce
1f227d1608 net: thunderx: don't allow jumbo frames with XDP
The thunderx driver forbids to load an eBPF program if the MTU is too high,
but this can be circumvented by loading the eBPF, then raising the MTU.

Fix this by limiting the MTU if an eBPF program is already loaded.

Fixes: 05c773f52b ("net: thunderx: Add basic XDP support")
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-11 11:10:34 -07:00
Matteo Croce
5ee15c101f net: thunderx: raise XDP MTU to 1508
The thunderx driver splits frames bigger than 1530 bytes to multiple
pages, making impossible to run an eBPF program on it.
This leads to a maximum MTU of 1508 if QinQ is in use.

The thunderx driver forbids to load an eBPF program if the MTU is higher
than 1500 bytes. Raise the limit to 1508 so it is possible to use L2
protocols which need some more headroom.

Fixes: 05c773f52b ("net: thunderx: Add basic XDP support")
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-11 11:10:34 -07:00
Hangbin Liu
43c2adb9df team: set slave to promisc if team is already in promisc mode
After adding a team interface to bridge, the team interface will enter
promisc mode. Then if we add a new slave to team0, the slave will keep
promisc off. Fix it by setting slave to promisc on if team master is
already in promisc mode, also do the same for allmulti.

v2: add promisc and allmulti checking when delete ports

Fixes: 3d249d4ca7 ("net: introduce ethernet teaming device")
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-10 19:17:59 -07:00
Thomas Falcon
dde746a35f ibmvnic: Fix netdev feature clobbering during a reset
While determining offload capabilities of backing hardware during
a device reset, the driver is clobbering current feature settings.
Update hw_features on reset instead of features unless a feature
is enabled that is no longer supported on the current backing device.
Also enable features that were not supported prior to the reset but
were previously enabled or requested by the user.

This can occur if the reset is the result of a carrier change, such
as a device failover or partition migration.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-10 12:29:37 -07:00
Thomas Falcon
b66b7bd2bd ibmvnic: Enable GRO
Enable Generic Receive Offload in the ibmvnic driver.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-10 12:29:37 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
d5949d92c2 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Add a multicast pool for Spectrum-2
In Spectrum-1, when a multicast packet is admitted to the shared buffer
it increases the quotas of all the ports and {port, TC} to which it is
forwarded to.

The above means that multicast packets are accounted multiple times in
the shared buffer and can therefore cause the associated shared buffer
pool to fill up very quickly.

To work around this issue, commit e83c045e53 ("mlxsw:
spectrum_buffers: Configure MC pool") added a dedicated multicast pool
in which multicast packets are accounted.

The issue is not present in Spectrum-2, but in order to be backward
compatible with Spectrum-1, its default behavior is to allow a multicast
packet to increase multiple egress quotas instead of one.

Until the new (non-backward compatible) mode is supported, configure a
dedicated multicast pool as in Spectrum-1.

Fixes: fe099bf682 ("mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Add Spectrum-2 shared buffer configuration")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-10 11:57:08 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
972fae683c mlxsw: spectrum_router: Do not check VRF MAC address
Commit 74bc993974 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Veto unsupported RIF MAC
addresses") enabled the driver to veto router interface (RIF) MAC
addresses that it cannot support.

This check should only be performed for interfaces for which the driver
actually configures a RIF. A VRF upper is not one of them, so ignore it.

Without this patch it is not possible to set an IP address on the VRF
device and use it as a loopback.

Fixes: 74bc993974 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Veto unsupported RIF MAC addresses")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Alexander Petrovskiy <alexpe@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Petrovskiy <alexpe@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-10 11:57:08 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
b442fed1b7 mlxsw: core: Do not use WQ_MEM_RECLAIM for mlxsw workqueue
The workqueue is used to periodically update the networking stack about
activity / statistics of various objects such as neighbours and TC
actions.

It should not be called as part of memory reclaim path, so remove the
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM flag.

Fixes: 3d5479e920 ("mlxsw: core: Remove deprecated create_workqueue")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-10 11:57:08 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
4af0699782 mlxsw: core: Do not use WQ_MEM_RECLAIM for mlxsw ordered workqueue
The ordered workqueue is used to offload various objects such as routes
and neighbours in the order they are notified.

It should not be called as part of memory reclaim path, so remove the
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM flag. This can also result in a warning [1], if a worker
tries to flush a non-WQ_MEM_RECLAIM workqueue.

[1]
[97703.542861] workqueue: WQ_MEM_RECLAIM mlxsw_core_ordered:mlxsw_sp_router_fib6_event_work [mlxsw_spectrum] is flushing !WQ_MEM_RECLAIM events:rht_deferred_worker
[97703.542884] WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 32492 at kernel/workqueue.c:2605 check_flush_dependency+0xb5/0x130
...
[97703.542988] Hardware name: Mellanox Technologies Ltd. MSN3700C/VMOD0008, BIOS 5.11 10/10/2018
[97703.543049] Workqueue: mlxsw_core_ordered mlxsw_sp_router_fib6_event_work [mlxsw_spectrum]
[97703.543061] RIP: 0010:check_flush_dependency+0xb5/0x130
...
[97703.543071] RSP: 0018:ffffb3f08137bc00 EFLAGS: 00010086
[97703.543076] RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffff96e07740ae00 RCX: 0000000000000000
[97703.543080] RDX: 0000000000000094 RSI: ffffffff82dc1934 RDI: 0000000000000046
[97703.543084] RBP: ffffb3f08137bc20 R08: ffffffff82dc18a0 R09: 00000000000225c0
[97703.543087] R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000007eec R12: ffffffff816e4ee0
[97703.543091] R13: ffff96e06f6a5c00 R14: ffff96e077ba7700 R15: ffffffff812ab0c0
[97703.543097] FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff96e077a80000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
[97703.543101] CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
[97703.543104] CR2: 00007f8cd135b280 CR3: 00000001e860e003 CR4: 00000000003606e0
[97703.543109] DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
[97703.543112] DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400
[97703.543115] Call Trace:
[97703.543129] __flush_work+0xbd/0x1e0
[97703.543137] ? __cancel_work_timer+0x136/0x1b0
[97703.543145] ? pwq_dec_nr_in_flight+0x49/0xa0
[97703.543154] __cancel_work_timer+0x136/0x1b0
[97703.543175] ? mlxsw_reg_trans_bulk_wait+0x145/0x400 [mlxsw_core]
[97703.543184] cancel_work_sync+0x10/0x20
[97703.543191] rhashtable_free_and_destroy+0x23/0x140
[97703.543198] rhashtable_destroy+0xd/0x10
[97703.543254] mlxsw_sp_fib_destroy+0xb1/0xf0 [mlxsw_spectrum]
[97703.543310] mlxsw_sp_vr_put+0xa8/0xc0 [mlxsw_spectrum]
[97703.543364] mlxsw_sp_fib_node_put+0xbf/0x140 [mlxsw_spectrum]
[97703.543418] ? mlxsw_sp_fib6_entry_destroy+0xe8/0x110 [mlxsw_spectrum]
[97703.543475] mlxsw_sp_router_fib6_event_work+0x6cd/0x7f0 [mlxsw_spectrum]
[97703.543484] process_one_work+0x1fd/0x400
[97703.543493] worker_thread+0x34/0x410
[97703.543500] kthread+0x121/0x140
[97703.543507] ? process_one_work+0x400/0x400
[97703.543512] ? kthread_park+0x90/0x90
[97703.543523] ret_from_fork+0x35/0x40

Fixes: a3832b3189 ("mlxsw: core: Create an ordered workqueue for FIB offload")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Semion Lisyansky <semionl@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-10 11:57:08 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
a8c133b061 mlxsw: core: Do not use WQ_MEM_RECLAIM for EMAD workqueue
The EMAD workqueue is used to handle retransmission of EMAD packets that
contain configuration data for the device's firmware.

Given the workers need to allocate these packets and that the code is
not called as part of memory reclaim path, remove the WQ_MEM_RECLAIM
flag.

Fixes: d965465b60 ("mlxsw: core: Fix possible deadlock")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-10 11:57:07 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
d4d0e40977 mlxsw: spectrum_switchdev: Add MDB entries in prepare phase
The driver cannot guarantee in the prepare phase that it will be able to
write an MDB entry to the device. In case the driver returned success
during the prepare phase, but then failed to add the entry in the commit
phase, a WARNING [1] will be generated by the switchdev core.

Fix this by doing the work in the prepare phase instead.

[1]
[  358.544486] swp12s0: Commit of object (id=2) failed.
[  358.550061] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 30 at net/switchdev/switchdev.c:281 switchdev_port_obj_add_now+0x9b/0xe0
[  358.560754] CPU: 0 PID: 30 Comm: kworker/0:1 Not tainted 5.0.0-custom-13382-gf2449babf221 #1350
[  358.570472] Hardware name: Mellanox Technologies Ltd. MSN2100-CB2FO/SA001017, BIOS 5.6.5 06/07/2016
[  358.580582] Workqueue: events switchdev_deferred_process_work
[  358.587001] RIP: 0010:switchdev_port_obj_add_now+0x9b/0xe0
...
[  358.614109] RSP: 0018:ffffa6b900d6fe18 EFLAGS: 00010286
[  358.619943] RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffff8b00797ff000 RCX: 0000000000000000
[  358.627912] RDX: ffff8b00b7a1d4c0 RSI: ffff8b00b7a152e8 RDI: ffff8b00b7a152e8
[  358.635881] RBP: ffff8b005c3f5bc0 R08: 000000000000022b R09: 0000000000000000
[  358.643850] R10: 0000000000000000 R11: ffffa6b900d6fcc8 R12: 0000000000000000
[  358.651819] R13: dead000000000100 R14: ffff8b00b65a23c0 R15: 0ffff8b00b7a2200
[  358.659790] FS:  0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff8b00b7a00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
[  358.668820] CS:  0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
[  358.675228] CR2: 00007f00aad90de0 CR3: 00000001ca80d000 CR4: 00000000001006f0
[  358.683188] Call Trace:
[  358.685918]  switchdev_port_obj_add_deferred+0x13/0x60
[  358.691655]  switchdev_deferred_process+0x6b/0xf0
[  358.696907]  switchdev_deferred_process_work+0xa/0x10
[  358.702548]  process_one_work+0x1f5/0x3f0
[  358.707022]  worker_thread+0x28/0x3c0
[  358.711099]  ? process_one_work+0x3f0/0x3f0
[  358.715768]  kthread+0x10d/0x130
[  358.719369]  ? __kthread_create_on_node+0x180/0x180
[  358.724815]  ret_from_fork+0x35/0x40

Fixes: 3a49b4fde2 ("mlxsw: Adding layer 2 multicast support")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Alex Kushnarov <alexanderk@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Alex Kushnarov <alexanderk@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-10 11:57:07 -07:00
Jason Gunthorpe
5331fa0db7 Merge branch 'mlx5-next' into rdma.git for-next
From
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux

Required for dependencies on the next series

* branch 'mlx5-next':
  net/mlx5: E-Switch, add a new prio to be used by the RDMA side
  net/mlx5: E-Switch, don't use hardcoded values for FDB prios
  net/mlx5: Fix false compilation warning
  net/mlx5: Expose MPEIN (Management PCIE INfo) register layout
  net/mlx5: Add rate limit print macros
  net/mlx5: Add explicit bar address field
  net/mlx5: Replace dev_err/warn/info by mlx5_core_err/warn/info
  net/mlx5: Use dev->priv.name instead of dev_name
  net/mlx5: Make mlx5_core messages independent from mdev->pdev
  net/mlx5: Break load_one into three stages
  net/mlx5: Function setup/teardown procedures
  net/mlx5: Move health and page alloc init to mdev_init
  net/mlx5: Split mdev init and pci init
  net/mlx5: Remove redundant init functions parameter
  net/mlx5: Remove spinlock support from mlx5_write64
  net/mlx5: Remove unused MLX5_*_DOORBELL_LOCK macros

Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
2019-04-10 14:59:27 -03:00
Mark Bloch
d9cb06759e net/mlx5: E-Switch, add a new prio to be used by the RDMA side
Create a new prio in the FDB, it will be used when inserting steering rules
into the FDB from the RDMA side. We create a new PRIO so rules from the
net side and rules from the RDMA side won't be inserted to the same PRIO,
each side has it's own sandbox to play in.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
2019-04-10 09:29:11 +03:00
Mark Bloch
b6d9ccb112 net/mlx5: E-Switch, don't use hardcoded values for FDB prios
When creating the FDB prios, use the enum values already defined and not
the hardcoded values.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
2019-04-10 09:28:41 +03:00
Heiner Kallweit
4c75be07f9 net: phy: remove unnecessary callback settings in C45 drivers
genphy_c45_aneg_done() is used by phylib as fallback for c45 PHY's if
callback aneg_done isn't defined. So we don't have to set this
explicitly. Same for genphy_c45_pma_read_abilities().

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-09 13:07:07 -07:00
Konstantin Khlebnikov
7ee2ace9c5 net/mlx5e: Switch to Toeplitz RSS hash by default
Although XOR hash function can perform very well on some special use
cases, to align with all drivers, mlx5 driver should use Toeplitz hash
by default.
Toeplitz is more stable for the general use case and it is more standard
and reliable.

On top of that, since XOR (MLX5_RX_HASH_FN_INVERTED_XOR8) gives only a
repeated 8 bits pattern. When used for udp tunneling RSS source port
manipulation it results in fixed source port, which will cause bad RSS
spread.

Fixes: 2be6967cdb ("net/mlx5e: Support ETH_RSS_HASH_XOR")
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-09 12:33:51 -07:00
Or Gerlitz
8c8811d46d Revert "net/mlx5e: Enable reporting checksum unnecessary also for L3 packets"
This reverts commit b820e6fb09.

Prior the commit we are reverting, checksum unnecessary was only set when
both the L3 OK and L4 OK bits are set on the CQE. This caused packets
of IP protocols such as SCTP which are not dealt by the current HW L4
parser (hence the L4 OK bit is not set, but the L4 header type none bit
is set) to go through the checksum none code, where currently we wrongly
report checksum unnecessary for them, a regression. Fix this by a revert.

Note that on our usual track we report checksum complete, so the revert
isn't expected to have any notable performance impact. Also, when we are
not on the checksum complete track, the L4 protocols for which we report
checksum none are not high performance ones, we will still report
checksum unnecessary for UDP/TCP.

Fixes: b820e6fb09 ("net/mlx5e: Enable reporting checksum unnecessary also for L3 packets")
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Avi Urman <aviu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-09 12:33:51 -07:00
Dmytro Linkin
5e0060b149 net/mlx5e: Protect against non-uplink representor for encap
TC encap offload is supported only for the physical uplink
representor. Fail for non uplink representor.

Fixes: 3e621b19b0 ("net/mlx5e: Support TC encapsulation offloads with upper devices")
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dmitrolin@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-09 12:33:51 -07:00
Saeed Mahameed
0318a7b7fc net/mlx5e: Rx, Check ip headers sanity
In the two places is_last_ethertype_ip is being called, the caller will
be looking inside the ip header, to be safe, add ip{4,6} header sanity
check. And return true only on valid ip headers, i.e: the whole header
is contained in the linear part of the skb.

Note: Such situation is very rare and hard to reproduce, since mlx5e
allocates a large enough headroom to contain the largest header one can
imagine.

Fixes: fe1dc06999 ("net/mlx5e: don't set CHECKSUM_COMPLETE on SCTP packets")
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-09 12:33:51 -07:00
Saeed Mahameed
0aa1d18615 net/mlx5e: Rx, Fixup skb checksum for packets with tail padding
When an ethernet frame with ip payload is padded, the padding octets are
not covered by the hardware checksum.

Prior to the cited commit, skb checksum was forced to be CHECKSUM_NONE
when padding is detected. After it, the kernel will try to trim the
padding bytes and subtract their checksum from skb->csum.

In this patch we fixup skb->csum for any ip packet with tail padding of
any size, if any padding found.
FCS case is just one special case of this general purpose patch, hence,
it is removed.

Fixes: 88078d98d1 ("net: pskb_trim_rcsum() and CHECKSUM_COMPLETE are friends"),
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-09 12:33:50 -07:00
Saeed Mahameed
5d0bb3bac4 net/mlx5e: XDP, Avoid checksum complete when XDP prog is loaded
XDP programs might change packets data contents which will make the
reported skb checksum (checksum complete) invalid.

When XDP programs are loaded/unloaded set/clear rx RQs
MLX5E_RQ_STATE_NO_CSUM_COMPLETE flag.

Fixes: 86994156c7 ("net/mlx5e: XDP fast RX drop bpf programs support")
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-09 12:33:50 -07:00
Eran Ben Elisha
484c1ada0b net/mlx5e: Use fail-safe channels reopen in tx reporter recover
When requested to recover from error, the tx reporter might open new
channels and close the existing ones. Use safe channels switch flow in
order to guarantee opened channels at the end of the recover flow.
For this purpose, define mlx5e_safe_reopen_channels function and use it
within those flows.

Fixes: de8650a820 ("net/mlx5e: Add tx reporter support")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-09 12:33:50 -07:00
Eran Ben Elisha
192fba7982 net/mlx5e: Skip un-needed tx recover if interface state is down
Skip recover operation if interface is in down state as TX objects are
not open. This fixes a bug were the recover flow re-opened TX objects
which were not opened before, leading to a possible memory leak at
driver unload.

Fixes: de8650a820 ("net/mlx5e: Add tx reporter support")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-09 12:33:50 -07:00
Saeed Mahameed
df3a8344d4 net/mlx5: FPGA, tls, idr remove on flow delete
Flow is kfreed on mlx5_fpga_tls_del_flow but kept in the idr data
structure, this is risky and can cause use-after-free, since the
idr_remove is delayed until tls_send_teardown_cmd completion.

Instead of delaying idr_remove, in this patch we do it on
mlx5_fpga_tls_del_flow, before actually kfree(flow).

Added synchronize_rcu before kfree(flow)

Fixes: ab412e1dd7 ("net/mlx5: Accel, add TLS rx offload routines")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-09 12:33:50 -07:00
Saeed Mahameed
31634bf5dc net/mlx5: FPGA, tls, hold rcu read lock a bit longer
To avoid use-after-free, hold the rcu read lock until we are done copying
flow data into the command buffer.

Fixes: ab412e1dd7 ("net/mlx5: Accel, add TLS rx offload routines")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-09 12:33:49 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
027d4ca6f0 netdevsim: assume CONFIG_NET_DEVLINK is always enabled
Since commit f6b19b354d ("net: devlink: select NET_DEVLINK
from drivers") adds implicit select of NET_DEVLINK for
netdevsim, the code does not have to deal with the case
when CONFIG_NET_DEVLINK is not enabled. So remove the ifcase.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-09 11:16:59 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
c3d9a435d9 netdevsim: let net core to free netdevsim netdev
No need to free it ourselves, just set the "needs_free_netdev" flag
and leave the work to net core.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-09 11:16:59 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
7d1df2c978 netdevsim: remove nsim_dellink() implementation
Remove nsim_dellink() implementation. The rtnetlink code sets the
dellink op to unregister_netdevice_queue(), so this is not needed.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-09 11:16:59 -07:00
David S. Miller
c03fd0171b Various fixes:
* iTXQ fixes from Felix
  * tracing fix - increase message length
  * fix SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL enforcement
  * WMM rule handling for regdomain intersection
  * max_interfaces in hwsim - reported by syzbot
  * clear private data in some more commands
  * a clang compiler warning fix
 
 I added a patch with two new (unused) macros for
 rate-limited printing to simplify getting the users
 into the tree.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIzBAABCgAdFiEEH1e1rEeCd0AIMq6MB8qZga/fl8QFAlyshYoACgkQB8qZga/f
 l8Q1EQ//YO53GM06uvgdOlQkoF3D3uSLtPbJyxWcZCaJXjJ6jOOZsSrZZBLn7avf
 i80UziS34ep0zdRHyVmGe6Q/VqufWUnzd6KBNdINEDdepOw6jFlBe9Ue+7mGwBnl
 bqzJJ+rxQj1wVqMKEQMtznqCEX58ULiDKcPUPTG2Szw7moqMoTVaw7u2d3eX5mTS
 Ka/rdsA/V9v4VOkBi//JqYmlZjdq83el8r4rshI2YbNdxwljTchK5YDsJreDawzF
 X7pDjAou2EAskot2Pahz1qAEew0XUnSliTDRVTsgcsellnUHFsEGXytXQ7sp8Myy
 kpGuBdeBqJuPWwKTbHfxiQb1VudpBWuMB2x/rotszgzrqSoVWot5j6/UyDSvMPyC
 U/drsGJrN1iF/mYTn6G/r8sKPIaCxN7h02Z75IV7LBokGmz9Yt7srEjrOKt0uuK+
 l5nb/YQNcN37lkREa6zLzec0f3wDzoqw1GWL0IuQyb+cFC2+6q5iFQ8dyXnu3FdQ
 1cSJGJdnyG3bM0b42WrOcEOFt3EKmhb4UeuusoxkOd4aKuhBXRjVEzM+X6ADqTdR
 mWvk7bEfYD0UMsqhtvrYBdBfquPuy3S4QzA0IMzxjk8bhCug233KpOPcLgVFjlzh
 g7wCgfahl0TRhH7R1D3hnRUtcdsjifoa75XMAaDnWfnR9PiN6uI=
 =2EV9
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2019-04-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211

Johannes Berg says:

====================
Various fixes:
 * iTXQ fixes from Felix
 * tracing fix - increase message length
 * fix SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL enforcement
 * WMM rule handling for regdomain intersection
 * max_interfaces in hwsim - reported by syzbot
 * clear private data in some more commands
 * a clang compiler warning fix

I added a patch with two new (unused) macros for
rate-limited printing to simplify getting the users
into the tree.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-09 10:57:10 -07:00
David S. Miller
310655b07a Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2019-04-08 23:39:36 -07:00
Michael Chan
8e44e96c6c bnxt_en: Reset device on RX buffer errors.
If the RX completion indicates RX buffers errors, the RX ring will be
disabled by firmware and no packets will be received on that ring from
that point on.  Recover by resetting the device.

Fixes: c0c050c58d ("bnxt_en: New Broadcom ethernet driver.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 16:39:41 -07:00
Michael Chan
a1b0e4e684 bnxt_en: Improve RX consumer index validity check.
There is logic to check that the RX/TPA consumer index is the expected
index to work around a hardware problem.  However, the potentially bad
consumer index is first used to index into an array to reference an entry.
This can potentially crash if the bad consumer index is beyond legal
range.  Improve the logic to use the consumer index for dereferencing
after the validity check and log an error message.

Fixes: fa7e28127a ("bnxt_en: Add workaround to detect bad opaque in rx completion (part 2)")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 16:39:41 -07:00
Paul Thomas
a62520473f net: macb driver, check for SKBTX_HW_TSTAMP
Make sure SKBTX_HW_TSTAMP (i.e. SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_HARDWARE) has been
enabled for this skb. It does fix the issue where normal socks that
aren't expecting a timestamp will not wake up on select, but when a
user does want a SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_HARDWARE it does work.

Signed-off-by: Paul Thomas <pthomas8589@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 16:38:23 -07:00
Michael Zhivich
7f301cff1f ethtool: thunder_bgx: use ethtool.h constants for speed and duplex
Use constants provided by ethtool.h for speed and duplex values
instead of raw integer constants to increase code readability.

thunder_bgx already uses SPEED_UNKNOWN and DUPLEX_UNKNOWN constants,
also provided by ethtool.h.

Signed-off-by: Michael Zhivich <mzhivich@akamai.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 16:37:40 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
b7f29f8ce1 net: phy: fix setting autoneg_complete in genphy_update_link
The original patch didn't set phydev->autoneg_complete in one exit path.
Fix this.

Fixes: 4950c2ba49 ("net: phy: fix autoneg mismatch case in genphy_read_status")
Reported-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Tested-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 16:35:52 -07:00
Michael Zhivich
d63da85a42 qlogic: qlcnic: fix use of SPEED_UNKNOWN ethtool constant
qlcnic driver uses u16 to store SPEED_UKNOWN ethtool constant,
which is defined as -1, resulting in value truncation and
thus incorrect test results against SPEED_UNKNOWN.

For example, the following test will print "False":

    u16 speed = SPEED_UNKNOWN;

    if (speed == SPEED_UNKNOWN)
        printf("True");
    else
        printf("False");

Change storage of speed to use u32 to avoid this issue.

Signed-off-by: Michael Zhivich <mzhivich@akamai.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 16:30:43 -07:00
Michael Zhivich
caf2c5205d broadcom: tg3: fix use of SPEED_UNKNOWN ethtool constant
tg3 driver uses u16 to store SPEED_UKNOWN ethtool constant,
which is defined as -1, resulting in value truncation and
thus incorrect test results against SPEED_UNKNOWN.

For example, the following test will print "False":

	u16 speed = SPEED_UNKNOWN;

	if (speed == SPEED_UNKNOWN)
	    printf("True");
	else
	    printf("False");

Change storage of speed to use u32 to avoid this issue.

Signed-off-by: Michael Zhivich <mzhivich@akamai.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 16:30:43 -07:00
Shalom Toledo
a9c8336f65 mlxsw: core: Add support for devlink info command
Expose the following ASIC information via devlink info command:
  - Driver name
  - Hardware revision
  - Firmware PSID
  - Running firmware version

Standard output example:
  $ devlink dev info pci/0000:03:00.0
  pci/0000:03:00.0:
    driver mlxsw_spectrum
    versions:
        fixed:
          hw.revision A0
          fw.psid MT_2750110033
        running:
          fw.version 13.1910.622

Signed-off-by: Shalom Toledo <shalomt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 16:28:01 -07:00
Shalom Toledo
8d77d4bfb0 mlxsw: reg: Add MGIR register
Add MGIR register. MGIR, Management General Information Register, allows
software to query the hardware and firmware general information.

Signed-off-by: Shalom Toledo <shalomt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 16:28:01 -07:00
Kristian Evensen
e4bf63482c qmi_wwan: Add quirk for Quectel dynamic config
Most, if not all, Quectel devices use dynamic interface numbers, and
users are able to change the USB configuration at will. Matching on for
example interface number is therefore not possible.

Instead, the QMI device can be identified by looking at the interface
class, subclass and protocol (all 0xff), as well as the number of
endpoints. The reason we need to look at the number of endpoints, is
that the diagnostic port interface has the same class, subclass and
protocol as QMI. However, the diagnostic port only has two endpoints,
while QMI has three.

Until now, we have identified the QMI device by combining a match on
class, subclass and protocol, with a call to the function
quectel_diag_detect(). In quectel_diag_detect(), we check if the number
of endpoints matches for known Quectel vendor/product ids.

Adding new vendor/product ids to quectel_diag_detect() is not a good
long-term solution. This commit replaces the function with a quirk, and
applies the quirk to affected Quectel devices that I have been able to
test the change with (EP06, EM12 and EC25). If the quirk is set and the
number of endpoints equal two, we return from qmi_wwan_probe() with
-ENODEV.

Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 16:25:56 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
22b56e8270 net: phy: replace genphy_10g_driver with genphy_c45_driver
Recently a number of generic functions for Clause 45 PHY's has been
added. So let's replace the old very limited genphy_10g_driver with a
genphy_c45_driver. This driver isn't limited to 10G, however it's worth
to be noted that Clause 45 doesn't cover 1000Base-T. For using
1000Base-T with a Clause 45 PHY a dedicated PHY driver using vendor
registers is needed.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 16:24:05 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
e233516e6a net: hns3: fix keep_alive_timer not stop problem
When hclgevf_client_start() fails or VF driver unloaded, there is
nobody to disable keep_alive_timer.

So this patch fixes them.

Fixes: a6d818e31d ("net: hns3: Add vport alive state checking support")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:30:49 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
7d60070668 net: hns3: remove resetting check in hclgevf_reset_task_schedule
The checking of HCLGEVF_STATE_RST_HANDLING flag in the
hclgevf_reset_task_schedule() will make some scheduling of
reset pending fail. This flag will be checked in the
hclgevf_reset_service_task(), it is unnecessary to check it
in the hclgevf_reset_task_schedule(). So this patch removes it.

Fixes: 35a1e50343 ("net: hns3: Add VF Reset Service Task to support event handling")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:30:49 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
4339ef396a net: hns3: add error handler for initializing command queue
This patch adds error handler for the failure of command queue
initialization both PF and VF.

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:30:49 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
18e2488881 net: hns3: stop mailbox handling when command queue need re-init
If the command queue needs re-initialization, the mailbox handling
task should do nothing, otherwise this task will just get some error
print.

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:30:49 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
cf1f212916 net: hns3: handle pending reset while reset fail
The ongoing lower-level reset will fail when there is a higher-level
reset occurs, so the error handler should deal with this situation.

Fixes: 6a5f6fa382 ("net: hns3: add error handler for hclgevf_reset()")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:30:49 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
4f765d3e52 net: hns3: do not request reset when hardware resetting
When hardware reset does not finish, the driver should not
request a new reset, otherwise the ongoing hardware reset
will get problem.

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:30:49 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
0fdf4d304c net: hns3: ignore lower-level new coming reset
It is unnecessary to deal with the new coming reset if
it is lower than the ongoing one.

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:30:49 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
056cbab332 net: hns3: deactive the reset timer when reset successfully
If the reset has been done successfully, the ongoing reset timer
is unnecessary.

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:30:49 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
eb32c896f1 net: hns3: adjust the timing of hns3_client_stop when unloading
hns3_client_stop() should be called after unregister_netdev(),
otherwise the ongoing reset task may start the client just after it.

Fixes: a6d818e31d ("net: hns3: Add vport alive state checking support")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:30:49 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
cc645dfa89 net: hns3: not reset vport who not alive when PF reset
If a vport is not alive, it is unnecessary to notify it to reset
before PF asserting a reset. So before inform vport to reset,
we need to check its alive state firstly.

Fixes: aa5c4f175b ("net: hns3: add reset handling for VF when doing PF reset")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:30:49 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
cd513a6975 net: hns3: set up the vport alive state while reinitializing
When reinitializing, the vport alive state needs to be set up.

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:30:49 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
0f14c5b1a9 net: hns3: set vport alive state to default while resetting
When resetting, the vport alive state should be set to default,
otherwise the alive state of the vport whose driver not running
is wrong before the timer to check it out.

Fixes: a6d818e31d ("net: hns3: Add vport alive state checking support")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:30:49 -07:00
David Ahern
19a9d136f1 ipv4: Flag fib_info with a fib_nh using IPv6 gateway
Until support is added to the offload drivers, they need to be able to
reject routes with an IPv6 gateway. To that end add a flag to fib_info
that indicates if any fib_nh has a v6 gateway. The flag allows the drivers
to efficiently know the use of a v6 gateway without walking all fib_nh
tied to a fib_info each time a route is added.

Update mlxsw and rocker to reject the routes with extack message as to why.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:22:41 -07:00
David Ahern
5c9f7c1dfc ipv4: Add helpers for neigh lookup for nexthop
A common theme in the output path is looking up a neigh entry for a
nexthop, either the gateway in an rtable or a fallback to the daddr
in the skb:

        nexthop = (__force u32)rt_nexthop(rt, ip_hdr(skb)->daddr);
        neigh = __ipv4_neigh_lookup_noref(dev, nexthop);
        if (unlikely(!neigh))
                neigh = __neigh_create(&arp_tbl, &nexthop, dev, false);

To allow the nexthop to be an IPv6 address we need to consider the
family of the nexthop and then call __ipv{4,6}_neigh_lookup_noref based
on it.

To make this simpler, add a ip_neigh_gw4 helper similar to ip_neigh_gw6
added in an earlier patch which handles:

        neigh = __ipv4_neigh_lookup_noref(dev, nexthop);
        if (unlikely(!neigh))
                neigh = __neigh_create(&arp_tbl, &nexthop, dev, false);

And then add a second one, ip_neigh_for_gw, that calls either
ip_neigh_gw4 or ip_neigh_gw6 based on the address family of the gateway.

Update the output paths in the VRF driver and core v4 code to use
ip_neigh_for_gw simplifying the family based lookup and making both
ready for a v6 nexthop.

ipv4_neigh_lookup has a different need - the potential to resolve a
passed in address in addition to any gateway in the rtable or skb. Since
this is a one-off, add ip_neigh_gw4 and ip_neigh_gw6 diectly. The
difference between __neigh_create used by the helpers and neigh_create
called by ipv4_neigh_lookup is taking a refcount, so add rcu_read_lock_bh
and bump the refcnt on the neigh entry.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:22:41 -07:00
David Ahern
0353f28231 neighbor: Add skip_cache argument to neigh_output
A later patch allows an IPv6 gateway with an IPv4 route. The neighbor
entry will exist in the v6 ndisc table and the cached header will contain
the ipv6 protocol which is wrong for an IPv4 packet. For an IPv4 packet to
use the v6 neighbor entry, neigh_output needs to skip the cached header
and just use the output callback for the neigh entry.

A future patchset can look at expanding the hh_cache to handle 2
protocols. For now, IPv6 gateways with an IPv4 route will take the
extra overhead of generating the header.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:22:41 -07:00
David Ahern
0f5f7d7bf6 ipv4: Add support to rtable for ipv6 gateway
Add support for an IPv6 gateway to rtable. Since a gateway is either
IPv4 or IPv6, make it a union with rt_gw4 where rt_gw_family decides
which address is in use.

When dumping the route data, encode an ipv6 nexthop using RTA_VIA.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:22:40 -07:00
David Ahern
1550c17193 ipv4: Prepare rtable for IPv6 gateway
To allow the gateway to be either an IPv4 or IPv6 address, remove
rt_uses_gateway from rtable and replace with rt_gw_family. If
rt_gw_family is set it implies rt_uses_gateway. Rename rt_gateway
to rt_gw4 to represent the IPv4 version.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:22:40 -07:00
David Ahern
bdf0046771 net: Replace nhc_has_gw with nhc_gw_family
Allow the gateway in a fib_nh_common to be from a different address
family than the outer fib{6}_nh. To that end, replace nhc_has_gw with
nhc_gw_family and update users of nhc_has_gw to check nhc_gw_family.
Now nhc_family is used to know if the nh_common is part of a fib_nh
or fib6_nh (used for container_of to get to route family specific data),
and nhc_gw_family represents the address family for the gateway.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:22:40 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
b75bb8a5b7 r8169: disable ASPM again
There's a significant number of reports that re-enabling ASPM causes
different issues, ranging from decreased performance to system not
booting at all. This affects only a minority of users, but the number
of affected users is big enough that we better switch off ASPM again.

This will hurt notebook users who are not affected by the issues, they
may see decreased battery runtime w/o ASPM. With the PCI core folks is
being discussed to add generic sysfs attributes to control ASPM.
Once this is in place brave enough users can re-enable ASPM on their
system.

Fixes: a99790bf5c ("r8169: Reinstate ASPM Support")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:19:16 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
3b8b11f966 net: phy: improve link partner capability detection
genphy_read_status() so far checks phydev->supported, not the actual
PHY capabilities. This can make a difference if the supported speeds
have been limited by of_set_phy_supported() or phy_set_max_speed().

It seems that this issue only affects the link partner advertisements
as displayed by ethtool. Also this patch wouldn't apply to older
kernels because linkmode bitmaps have been introduced recently.
Therefore net-next.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 15:18:00 -07:00
David S. Miller
8bb309e67f mlx5-updates-2019-04-02
This series provides misc updates to mlx5 driver
 
 1) Aya Levin (1): Handle event of power detection in the PCIE slot
 
 2) Eli Britstein (6):
   Some TC VLAN related updates and fixes to the previous VLAN modify action
   support patchset.
   Offload TC e-switch rules with egress/ingress VLAN devices
 
 3) Max Gurtovoy (1): Fix double mutex initialization in esiwtch.c
 
 4) Tariq Toukan (3): Misc small updates
   A write memory barrier is sufficient in EQ ci update
   Obsolete param field holding a constant value
   Unify logic of MTU boundaries
 
 5) Tonghao Zhang (4): Misc updates to en_tc.c
   Make the log friendly when decapsulation offload not supported
   Remove 'parse_attr' argument in parse_tc_fdb_actions()
   Deletes unnecessary setting of esw_attr->parse_attr
   Return -EOPNOTSUPP when attempting to offload an unsupported action
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJcp8RLAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+etQH/ArD5o0gKsQdro02oLIQ97t8
 t3DrT07jv+C3sHzV1uVK76mikZdao7Dgjj132quB5HLEnZfpJ0HWbbQ1ZGAd124P
 3vaONL47bDAxJM/5P4JM18dtQrLNJEJ9vPS3fK5HyR6qpnjbXSVKnwdN5cFtidoj
 B+CGxDFizx9WuYaRugrW5NVatHvZIgfigYf1LctrDyVV8yzJLwb+5xiDMJ9c6v28
 QONVpvfuwk294T/Hs1mN3z1V4IrypV1ZuSKcbXIklFdabV+p0tdn6OYTOmtyQ0U7
 XwIomQIn0QqU5CHPAMdgANymle2Qb+qx9fRZ+4hpuPdLIFM/BAP35ZEofVNVMfg=
 =2qTS
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2019-04-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux

Saeed Mamameed says:

====================
mlx5-updates-2019-04-02

This series provides misc updates to mlx5 driver

1) Aya Levin (1): Handle event of power detection in the PCIE slot

2) Eli Britstein (6):
  Some TC VLAN related updates and fixes to the previous VLAN modify action
  support patchset.
  Offload TC e-switch rules with egress/ingress VLAN devices

3) Max Gurtovoy (1): Fix double mutex initialization in esiwtch.c

4) Tariq Toukan (3): Misc small updates
  A write memory barrier is sufficient in EQ ci update
  Obsolete param field holding a constant value
  Unify logic of MTU boundaries

5) Tonghao Zhang (4): Misc updates to en_tc.c
  Make the log friendly when decapsulation offload not supported
  Remove 'parse_attr' argument in parse_tc_fdb_actions()
  Deletes unnecessary setting of esw_attr->parse_attr
  Return -EOPNOTSUPP when attempting to offload an unsupported action
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 14:31:25 -07:00
Vishal Kulkarni
ed514fc561 cxgb4: Don't return EAGAIN when TCAM is full.
During hash filter programming, driver needs to return ENOSPC error
intead of EAGAIN when TCAM is full.

Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 10:01:50 -07:00
Alexandru Ardelean
fcf9782573 net: xilinx: emaclite: add minimal ndo_do_ioctl hook
This hook only implements a minimal set of ioctl hooks to be able to access
MII regs by using phytool.
When using this simple MAC controller, it's pretty difficult to do
debugging of the PHY chip without checking MII regs.

Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <alexandru.ardelean@analog.com>
Reviewed-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 10:00:10 -07:00
Alexandru Ardelean
9a80ba067a net: xilinx: emaclite: add minimal ethtool ops
This set adds a minimal set of ethtool hooks to the driver, which provide a
decent amount of link information via ethtool.
With this change, running `ethtool ethX` in user-space provides all the
neatly-formatted information about the link (what was negotiated, what is
advertised, etc).

Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <alexandru.ardelean@analog.com>
Reviewed-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-08 09:59:41 -07:00
Felix Fietkau
2b4a669802 mac80211: make ieee80211_schedule_txq schedule empty TXQs
Currently there is no way for the driver to signal to mac80211 that it should
schedule a TXQ even if there are no packets on the mac80211 part of that queue.
This is problematic if the driver has an internal retry queue to deal with
software A-MPDU retry.

This patch changes the behavior of ieee80211_schedule_txq to always schedule
the queue, as its only user (ath9k) seems to expect such behavior already:
it calls this function on tx status and on powersave wakeup whenever its
internal retry queue is not empty.

Also add an extra argument to ieee80211_return_txq to get the same behavior.

This fixes an issue on ath9k where tx queues with packets to retry (and no
new packets in mac80211) would not get serviced.

Fixes: 89cea7493a ("ath9k: Switch to mac80211 TXQ scheduling and airtime APIs")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-04-08 13:31:31 +02:00
Johannes Berg
45fcef8b72 mac80211_hwsim: calculate if_combination.max_interfaces
If we just set this to 2048, and have multiple limits you
can select from, the total number might run over and cause
a warning in cfg80211. This doesn't make sense, so we just
calculate the total max_interfaces now.

Reported-by: syzbot+8f91bd563bbff230d0ee@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: 99e3a44bac ("mac80211_hwsim: allow setting iftype support")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-04-08 13:31:24 +02:00
Will Deacon
96670b2fd0 net/ethernet/silan/sc92031: Remove stale comment about mmiowb()
mmiowb() is no more. It has ceased to be. It is an ex-barrier. So remove
all references to it from comments.

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
2019-04-08 12:09:18 +01:00
Will Deacon
fb24ea52f7 drivers: Remove explicit invocations of mmiowb()
mmiowb() is now implied by spin_unlock() on architectures that require
it, so there is no reason to call it from driver code. This patch was
generated using coccinelle:

	@mmiowb@
	@@
	- mmiowb();

and invoked as:

$ for d in drivers include/linux/qed sound; do \
spatch --include-headers --sp-file mmiowb.cocci --dir $d --in-place; done

NOTE: mmiowb() has only ever guaranteed ordering in conjunction with
spin_unlock(). However, pairing each mmiowb() removal in this patch with
the corresponding call to spin_unlock() is not at all trivial, so there
is a small chance that this change may regress any drivers incorrectly
relying on mmiowb() to order MMIO writes between CPUs using lock-free
synchronisation. If you've ended up bisecting to this commit, you can
reintroduce the mmiowb() calls using wmb() instead, which should restore
the old behaviour on all architectures other than some esoteric ia64
systems.

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
2019-04-08 12:01:02 +01:00
Will Deacon
949b8c7276 drivers: Remove useless trailing comments from mmiowb() invocations
In preparation for using coccinelle to remove all mmiowb() instances
from drivers, remove all trailing comments since they won't be picked up
by spatch later on and will end up being preserved in the code.

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
2019-04-08 12:00:56 +01:00
Miaohe Lin
5055376a3b net: vrf: Fix ping failed when vrf mtu is set to 0
When the mtu of a vrf device is set to 0, it would cause ping
failed. So I think we should limit vrf mtu in a reasonable range
to solve this problem. I set dev->min_mtu to IPV6_MIN_MTU, so it
will works for both ipv4 and ipv6. And if dev->max_mtu still be 0
can be confusing, so I set dev->max_mtu to ETH_MAX_MTU.

Here is the reproduce step:

1.Config vrf interface and set mtu to 0:
3: enp4s0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc fq_codel
master vrf1 state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
    link/ether 52:54:00:9e:dd:c1 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff

2.Ping peer:
3: enp4s0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc fq_codel
master vrf1 state UP group default qlen 1000
    link/ether 52:54:00:9e:dd:c1 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
    inet 10.0.0.1/16 scope global enp4s0
       valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
connect: Network is unreachable

3.Set mtu to default value, ping works:
PING 10.0.0.2 (10.0.0.2) 56(84) bytes of data.
64 bytes from 10.0.0.2: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.88 ms

Fixes: ad49bc6361 ("net: vrf: remove MTU limits for vrf device")
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-07 22:44:02 -07:00
Colin Ian King
ea401685a2 net: hns: fix unsigned comparison to less than zero
Currently mskid is unsigned and hence comparisons with negative
error return values are always false. Fix this by making mskid an
int.

Fixes: f058e46855 ("net: hns: fix ICMP6 neighbor solicitation messages discard problem")
Addresses-Coverity: ("Operands don't affect result")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Mukesh Ojha <mojha@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-06 18:29:14 -07:00
Mario Limonciello
25766271e4 r8152: Refresh MAC address during USBDEVFS_RESET
On some platforms it is possible to dynamically change the policy
of what MAC address is selected from the ASL at runtime.

These tools will reset the USB device and expect the change to be
made immediately.

Signed-off-by: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@dell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-06 18:21:46 -07:00
Mario Limonciello
78fdde30d4 r8152: remove extra action copying ethernet address
This already happens later on in `rtl8152_set_mac_address`

Signed-off-by: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@dell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-06 18:21:46 -07:00
Jerome Brunet
fad137c4ef net: phy: meson-gxl: clean-up gxl variant driver
The purpose of this change is to align the gxl and g12a driver
declaration.

Like on the g12a variant, remove genphy_aneg_done() from the driver
declaration as the net phy framework will default to it anyway.

Also, the gxl phy id should be an exact match as well, so let's change
this and use the macro provided.

Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-06 18:16:58 -07:00
Jerome Brunet
5c3407abb3 net: phy: meson-gxl: add g12a support
The g12a SoC family uses the type of internal PHY that was used on the
gxl family. The quirks of gxl family, like the LPA register corruption,
appear to have been resolved on this new SoC generation.

Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-06 18:16:58 -07:00
Jerome Brunet
7090425104 net: phy: add amlogic g12a mdio mux support
Add support for the mdio mux and internal phy glue of the g12a SoC family

Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> # clk parts
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-06 18:16:58 -07:00
Yuval Shaia
7934b481ab virtio-net: Fix some minor formatting errors
Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-06 18:10:11 -07:00
Yuval Shaia
6221333ab2 virtio-net: Remove inclusion of pci.h
This header is not in use - remove it.

Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-06 18:10:11 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
eb94dc9aab r8169: disable tx interrupt coalescing on RTL8168
In contrast to switching rx irq coalescing off what fixed an issue,
switching tx irq coalescing off is merely a latency optimization,
therefore net-next. As part of this change:

- Remove INTT_0 .. INTT_3 constants, they aren't used.

- Remove comment in rtl_hw_start_8169(), we now have a detailed
  description by the code in rtl_set_coalesce().

- Due to switching irq coalescing off per default we don't need the
  initialization in rtl_hw_start_8168(). If ethtool is used to switch
  on coalescing then rtl_set_coalesce() will configure this register.

For the sake of completeness: This patch just changes the default.
Users still have the option to configure irq coalescing via ethtool.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-06 15:02:08 -07:00
David S. Miller
f83f715195 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Minor comment merge conflict in mlx5.

Staging driver has a fixup due to the skb->xmit_more changes
in 'net-next', but was removed in 'net'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-05 14:14:19 -07:00
Tariq Toukan
6d7ee2edaa net/mlx5e: Unify logic of MTU boundaries
Expose a new helper that wraps the logic for setting the
netdevice's MTU boundaries.
Use it for the different components (Eth, rep, IPoIB).

Set the netdevice min MTU to ETH_MIN_MTU, and the max according
to both the FW capability and the kernel definition.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:35 -07:00
Tariq Toukan
0b77f2305f net/mlx5e: Obsolete param field holding a constant value
The LRO WQE size is a constant, obsolete the parameter field
that holds it.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:35 -07:00
Tariq Toukan
98df6d5b87 net/mlx5: A write memory barrier is sufficient in EQ ci update
Soften the memory barrier call of mb() by a sufficient wmb() in the
consumer index update of the event queues.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:35 -07:00
Eli Britstein
27c11b6b84 net/mlx5e: Do not rewrite fields with the same match
If we have a match for the same value of a rewrite field, there is no
point for the rewrite. In order to save rewrite actions, and avoid
entirely rewrite actions (if all rewrites are the same), ignore such
rewrite fields.

Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:34 -07:00
Eli Britstein
35a605db16 net/mlx5e: Offload TC e-switch rules with ingress VLAN device
Offload TC rule on a VLAN device by matching the VLAN properties
of the VLAN device and emulating vlan pop actions.

Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:34 -07:00
Eli Britstein
278748a95a net/mlx5e: Offload TC e-switch rules with egress VLAN device
Upon redirection to an uplink VLAN device, emulate vlan push actions
according to the VLAN properties of the VLAN device and redirect to
the uplink.

Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:34 -07:00
Eli Britstein
6fca9d1e60 net/mlx5e: Allow VLAN rewrite of prio field with the same match
Changing the prio field of the VLAN is not supported. With
commit 37410902874c ("net/mlx5e: Support VLAN modify action") zero
value indicated "no-change". Allow the vid rewrite if the prio match
is the same as the prio set value.

Fixes: 37410902874c ("net/mlx5e: Support VLAN modify action")
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:34 -07:00
Eli Britstein
bf2f3bca1c net/mlx5e: Deny VLAN rewrite if there is no VLAN header match
Rewrite of the packet in the VLAN offset may corrupt the packet if it's
not VLAN tagged. Deny the rewrite in this case.

Fixes: 37410902874c ("net/mlx5e: Support VLAN modify action")
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:34 -07:00
Eli Britstein
8377629e76 net/mlx5e: Use helpers to get headers criteria and value pointers
The headers criteria and value pointers may be either of the inner
packet, if a tunnel exists, or of the outer. Simplify the code by using
helper functions to retrieve them.

Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:33 -07:00
Tonghao Zhang
2cc1cb1d17 net/mlx5e: Return -EOPNOTSUPP when attempting to offload an unsupported action
* Now the encapsulation is not supported for mlx5 VFs. When we try to
offload that action, the -EINVAL is returned, but not -EOPNOTSUPP.
This patch changes the returned value and ignore to confuse user.
The command is shown as below [1].

* When max modify header action is zero, we return -EOPNOTSUPP
directly. In this way, we can ignore wrong message info (e.g.
"mlx5: parsed 0 pedit actions, can't do more"). This happens when
offloading pedit actions on mlx(cx4) VFs. The command is shown as below [2].

For example: (p2p1_0 is VF net device)
[1]
$ tc filter add dev p2p1_0 protocol ip  parent ffff: prio 1 flower skip_sw \
    src_mac e4:11:22:33:44:01    \
    action tunnel_key set        \
    src_ip 1.1.1.100        \
    dst_ip 1.1.1.200        \
    dst_port 4789 id 100        \
    action mirred egress redirect dev vxlan0

[2]
$ tc filter add dev p2p1_0 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
    flower skip_sw dst_mac 00:10:56:fb:64:e8 \
    dst_ip 1.1.1.100 src_ip 1.1.1.200 \
    action pedit ex munge eth src set 00:10:56:b4:5d:20

Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:33 -07:00
Tonghao Zhang
20bb4a813e net/mlx5e: Deletes unnecessary setting of esw_attr->parse_attr
This patch deletes unnecessary setting of the esw_attr->parse_attr
to parse_attr in parse_tc_fdb_actions() because it is already done
by the mlx5e_flow_esw_attr_init() function.

Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:33 -07:00
Tonghao Zhang
6f9af8ff11 net/mlx5e: Remove 'parse_attr' argument in parse_tc_fdb_actions()
This patch is a little improvement. Simplify the parse_tc_fdb_actions().

Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:33 -07:00
Tonghao Zhang
1b18b78151 net/mlx5e: Make the log friendly when decapsulation offload not supported
If we try to offload decapsulation actions to VFs hw, we get the log [1].
It's not friendly, because the kind of net device is null, and we don't
know what '0' means.

[1] "mlx5_core 0000:05:01.2 vf_0: decapsulation offload is not supported for  net device (0)"

Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:33 -07:00
Max Gurtovoy
eda99e11a0 net/mlx5: E-Switch, Fix double mutex initialization
Delete mutex_init call of a lock that's initialized in inner function.

Fixes: eca8cc3895 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor offloads flow steering init/cleanup")
Signed-off-by: Max Gurtovoy <maxg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:32 -07:00
Aya Levin
5d3c537f90 net/mlx5: Handle event of power detection in the PCIE slot
Handle event of power state change in the PCIE slot. When the event
occurs, check if query power state and PCI power fields is supported. If
so, read these fields from MPEIN (management PCIE info) register and
issue a corresponding message.

Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:32 -07:00
Saeed Mahameed
b6460c72c3 Merge branch 'mlx5-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux
This merge commit includes some misc shared code updates from mlx5-next branch needed
for net-next.

1) From Maxim, Remove un-used macros and spinlock from mlx5 code.

2) From Aya, Expose Management PCIE info register layout and add rate limit
print macros.

3) From Tariq, Compilation warning fix in fs_core.c

4) From Vu, Huy and Saeed, Improve mlx5 initialization flow:
The goal is to provide a better logical separation of mlx5 core
device initialization flow and will help to seamlessly support
creating different mlx5 device types such as PF, VF and SF
mlx5 sub-function virtual devices.

Mlx5_core driver needs to separate HCA resources from pci resources.
Its initialize/load/unload will be broken into stages:
1. Initialize common data structures
2. Setup function which initializes pci resources (for PF/VF)
   or some other specific resources for virtual device
3. Initialize software objects according to hardware capabilities
4. Load all mlx5_core components

It is also necessary to detach mlx5_core mdev name/message from pci
device mdev->pdev name/message for a clearer report/debug of
different mlx5 device types.

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-04-05 14:10:16 -07:00
Thomas Falcon
bbd669a868 ibmvnic: Fix completion structure initialization
Fix device initialization completion handling for vNIC adapters.
Initialize the completion structure on probe and reinitialize when needed.
This also fixes a race condition during kdump where the driver can attempt
to access the completion struct before it is initialized:

Unable to handle kernel paging request for data at address 0x00000000
Faulting instruction address: 0xc0000000081acbe0
Oops: Kernel access of bad area, sig: 11 [#1]
LE SMP NR_CPUS=2048 NUMA pSeries
Modules linked in: ibmvnic(+) ibmveth sunrpc overlay squashfs loop
CPU: 19 PID: 301 Comm: systemd-udevd Not tainted 4.18.0-64.el8.ppc64le #1
NIP:  c0000000081acbe0 LR: c0000000081ad964 CTR: c0000000081ad900
REGS: c000000027f3f990 TRAP: 0300   Not tainted  (4.18.0-64.el8.ppc64le)
MSR:  800000010280b033 <SF,VEC,VSX,EE,FP,ME,IR,DR,RI,LE,TM[E]> CR: 28228288  XER: 00000006
CFAR: c000000008008934 DAR: 0000000000000000 DSISR: 40000000 IRQMASK: 1
GPR00: c0000000081ad964 c000000027f3fc10 c0000000095b5800 c0000000221b4e58
GPR04: 0000000000000003 0000000000000001 000049a086918581 00000000000000d4
GPR08: 0000000000000007 0000000000000000 ffffffffffffffe8 d0000000014dde28
GPR12: c0000000081ad900 c000000009a00c00 0000000000000001 0000000000000100
GPR16: 0000000000000038 0000000000000007 c0000000095e2230 0000000000000006
GPR20: 0000000000400140 0000000000000001 c00000000910c880 0000000000000000
GPR24: 0000000000000000 0000000000000006 0000000000000000 0000000000000003
GPR28: 0000000000000001 0000000000000001 c0000000221b4e60 c0000000221b4e58
NIP [c0000000081acbe0] __wake_up_locked+0x50/0x100
LR [c0000000081ad964] complete+0x64/0xa0
Call Trace:
[c000000027f3fc10] [c000000027f3fc60] 0xc000000027f3fc60 (unreliable)
[c000000027f3fc60] [c0000000081ad964] complete+0x64/0xa0
[c000000027f3fca0] [d0000000014dad58] ibmvnic_handle_crq+0xce0/0x1160 [ibmvnic]
[c000000027f3fd50] [d0000000014db270] ibmvnic_tasklet+0x98/0x130 [ibmvnic]
[c000000027f3fda0] [c00000000813f334] tasklet_action_common.isra.3+0xc4/0x1a0
[c000000027f3fe00] [c000000008cd13f4] __do_softirq+0x164/0x400
[c000000027f3fef0] [c00000000813ed64] irq_exit+0x184/0x1c0
[c000000027f3ff20] [c0000000080188e8] __do_irq+0xb8/0x210
[c000000027f3ff90] [c00000000802d0a4] call_do_irq+0x14/0x24
[c000000026a5b010] [c000000008018adc] do_IRQ+0x9c/0x130
[c000000026a5b060] [c000000008008ce4] hardware_interrupt_common+0x114/0x120

Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 18:36:07 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
32a069d807 net: phy: realtek: remove setting callback get_features and use phylib fallback
Now that phylib uses genphy_read_abilities() as fallback, we don't have
to set callback get_features any longer.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:55:37 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
a1deab17b2 net: phy: allow a PHY driver to define neither features nor get_features
Meanwhile we have generic functions for reading the abilities of
Clause 22 / 45 PHY's. This allows to use them as fallback in case
callback get_features isn't set. Benefit is the reduction of
boilerplate code in PHY drivers.

v2:
- adjust the comment in phy_driver_register to match the code

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:55:37 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
448a24130b Revert "r8169: use netif_receive_skb_list batching"
This reverts commit 6578229d4e.
netif_receive_skb_list() doesn't support GRO, therefore we may have
scenarios with decreased performance. See discussion here [0].

[0] https://marc.info/?t=155403847400001&r=1&w=2

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:47:00 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
df535f4c47 mlxsw: switch_ib: Pass valid HW id down to mlxsw_core_port_init()
Obtain HW id and pass it down to mlxsw_core_port_init() as it would be
used as switch_id in devlink and exposed to user.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:42:36 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
c25f08ac65 nfp: remove ndo_get_port_parent_id implementation
Remove implementation of get_port_parent_id ndo and rely on core calling
into devlink for the information directly.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:42:36 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
1b15c90270 nfp: pass switch ID through devlink_port_attrs_set()
Pass the switch ID down the to devlink through devlink_port_attrs_set()
so it can be used by devlink_compat_switch_id_get().

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:42:36 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
56d9f4e8f7 bnxt: remove ndo_get_port_parent_id implementation for physical ports
Remove implementation of get_port_parent_id ndo and rely on core calling
into devlink for the information directly.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:42:36 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
6605a22678 bnxt: pass switch ID through devlink_port_attrs_set()
Pass the switch ID down the to devlink through devlink_port_attrs_set()
so it can be used by devlink_compat_switch_id_get().

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:42:36 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
03213a9965 bnxt: move bp->switch_id initialization to PF probe
Currently the switch_id is being only initialized when switching eswitch
mode from "legacy" to "switchdev". However, nothing prevents the id to
be initialized from the very beginning. Physical ports can show it even
in "legacy" mode.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:42:36 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
aef36b8822 mlxsw: Remove ndo_get_port_parent_id implementation
Remove implementation of get_port_parent_id ndo and rely on core calling
into devlink for the information directly.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:42:36 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
cdf29f4a26 mlxsw: Pass switch ID through devlink_port_attrs_set()
Pass the switch ID down the to devlink through devlink_port_attrs_set()
so it can be used by devlink_compat_switch_id_get().

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:42:36 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
bec5267cde net: devlink: extend port attrs for switch ID
Extend devlink_port_attrs_set() to pass switch ID for ports which are
part of switch and store it in port attrs. For other ports, this is
NULL.

Note that this allows the driver to group devlink ports into one or more
switches according to the actual topology.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:42:36 -07:00
Varun Prakash
cc5a726c79 libcxgb: fix incorrect ppmax calculation
BITS_TO_LONGS() uses DIV_ROUND_UP() because of
this ppmax value can be greater than available
per cpu page pods.

This patch removes BITS_TO_LONGS() to fix this
issue.

Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:40:26 -07:00
YueHaibing
53a6b206e3 ibmvnic: remove set but not used variable 'netdev'
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:

drivers/net/ethernet/ibm/ibmvnic.c: In function '__ibmvnic_reset':
drivers/net/ethernet/ibm/ibmvnic.c:1971:21: warning: variable 'netdev' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

It's never used since introduction in
commit ed651a1087 ("ibmvnic: Updated reset handling")

Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Mukesh Ojha <mojha@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:36:24 -07:00
YueHaibing
fe1ec0bdfb ehea: remove set but not used variables 'epa' and 'cq_handle_ref'
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:

drivers/net/ethernet/ibm/ehea/ehea_qmr.c: In function 'ehea_create_cq':
drivers/net/ethernet/ibm/ehea/ehea_qmr.c:127:7: warning: variable 'cq_handle_ref' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/ibm/ehea/ehea_qmr.c:126:15: warning: variable 'epa' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

They are never used since commit
7a29108322 ("[PATCH] ehea: IBM eHEA Ethernet Device Driver")

Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Mukesh Ojha <mojha@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:36:23 -07:00
YueHaibing
1789b8aabe net: pasemi: remove set but not used variable 'cpyhdr'
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:

drivers/net/ethernet/pasemi/pasemi_mac.c: In function 'pasemi_mac_queue_csdesc':
drivers/net/ethernet/pasemi/pasemi_mac.c:1358:29: warning: variable 'cpyhdr' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

It's never used since commit 8d636d8bc5 ("pasemi_mac: jumbo
frame support") and can be removed.

Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Mukesh Ojha <mojha@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:36:23 -07:00
YueHaibing
c8f191282f ehea: Fix a copy-paste err in ehea_init_port_res
pr->tx_bytes should be assigned to tx_bytes other than
rx_bytes.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Fixes: ce45b87302 ("ehea: Fixing statistics")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Mukesh Ojha <mojha@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 17:36:23 -07:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
2ec1ed2aa6 net: thunderx: fix NULL pointer dereference in nicvf_open/nicvf_stop
When a bpf program is uploaded, the driver computes the number of
xdp tx queues resulting in the allocation of additional qsets.
Starting from commit '2ecbe4f4a027 ("net: thunderx: replace global
nicvf_rx_mode_wq work queue for all VFs to private for each of them")'
the driver runs link state polling for each VF resulting in the
following NULL pointer dereference:

[   56.169256] Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 0000000000000020
[   56.178032] Mem abort info:
[   56.180834]   ESR = 0x96000005
[   56.183877]   Exception class = DABT (current EL), IL = 32 bits
[   56.189792]   SET = 0, FnV = 0
[   56.192834]   EA = 0, S1PTW = 0
[   56.195963] Data abort info:
[   56.198831]   ISV = 0, ISS = 0x00000005
[   56.202662]   CM = 0, WnR = 0
[   56.205619] user pgtable: 64k pages, 48-bit VAs, pgdp = 0000000021f0c7a0
[   56.212315] [0000000000000020] pgd=0000000000000000, pud=0000000000000000
[   56.219094] Internal error: Oops: 96000005 [#1] SMP
[   56.260459] CPU: 39 PID: 2034 Comm: ip Not tainted 5.1.0-rc3+ #3
[   56.266452] Hardware name: GIGABYTE R120-T33/MT30-GS1, BIOS T49 02/02/2018
[   56.273315] pstate: 80000005 (Nzcv daif -PAN -UAO)
[   56.278098] pc : __ll_sc___cmpxchg_case_acq_64+0x4/0x20
[   56.283312] lr : mutex_lock+0x2c/0x50
[   56.286962] sp : ffff0000219af1b0
[   56.290264] x29: ffff0000219af1b0 x28: ffff800f64de49a0
[   56.295565] x27: 0000000000000000 x26: 0000000000000015
[   56.300865] x25: 0000000000000000 x24: 0000000000000000
[   56.306165] x23: 0000000000000000 x22: ffff000011117000
[   56.311465] x21: ffff800f64dfc080 x20: 0000000000000020
[   56.316766] x19: 0000000000000020 x18: 0000000000000001
[   56.322066] x17: 0000000000000000 x16: ffff800f2e077080
[   56.327367] x15: 0000000000000004 x14: 0000000000000000
[   56.332667] x13: ffff000010964438 x12: 0000000000000002
[   56.337967] x11: 0000000000000000 x10: 0000000000000c70
[   56.343268] x9 : ffff0000219af120 x8 : ffff800f2e077d50
[   56.348568] x7 : 0000000000000027 x6 : 000000062a9d6a84
[   56.353869] x5 : 0000000000000000 x4 : ffff800f2e077480
[   56.359169] x3 : 0000000000000008 x2 : ffff800f2e077080
[   56.364469] x1 : 0000000000000000 x0 : 0000000000000020
[   56.369770] Process ip (pid: 2034, stack limit = 0x00000000c862da3a)
[   56.376110] Call trace:
[   56.378546]  __ll_sc___cmpxchg_case_acq_64+0x4/0x20
[   56.383414]  drain_workqueue+0x34/0x198
[   56.387247]  nicvf_open+0x48/0x9e8 [nicvf]
[   56.391334]  nicvf_open+0x898/0x9e8 [nicvf]
[   56.395507]  nicvf_xdp+0x1bc/0x238 [nicvf]
[   56.399595]  dev_xdp_install+0x68/0x90
[   56.403333]  dev_change_xdp_fd+0xc8/0x240
[   56.407333]  do_setlink+0x8e0/0xbe8
[   56.410810]  __rtnl_newlink+0x5b8/0x6d8
[   56.414634]  rtnl_newlink+0x54/0x80
[   56.418112]  rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x22c/0x2f8
[   56.422199]  netlink_rcv_skb+0x60/0x120
[   56.426023]  rtnetlink_rcv+0x28/0x38
[   56.429587]  netlink_unicast+0x1c8/0x258
[   56.433498]  netlink_sendmsg+0x1b4/0x350
[   56.437410]  sock_sendmsg+0x4c/0x68
[   56.440887]  ___sys_sendmsg+0x240/0x280
[   56.444711]  __sys_sendmsg+0x68/0xb0
[   56.448275]  __arm64_sys_sendmsg+0x2c/0x38
[   56.452361]  el0_svc_handler+0x9c/0x128
[   56.456186]  el0_svc+0x8/0xc
[   56.459056] Code: 35ffff91 2a1003e0 d65f03c0 f9800011 (c85ffc10)
[   56.465166] ---[ end trace 4a57fdc27b0a572c ]---
[   56.469772] Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception

Fix it by checking nicvf_rx_mode_wq pointer in nicvf_open and nicvf_stop

Fixes: 2ecbe4f4a0 ("net: thunderx: replace global nicvf_rx_mode_wq work queue for all VFs to private for each of them")
Fixes: 2c632ad8bc ("net: thunderx: move link state polling function to VF")
Reported-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 10:44:03 -07:00
Yonglong Liu
15400663ab net: hns: Fix sparse: some warnings in HNS drivers
There are some sparse warnings in the HNS drivers:

warning: incorrect type in assignment (different address spaces)
    expected void [noderef] <asn:2> *io_base
    got void *vaddr
warning: cast removes address space '<asn:2>' of expression
[...]

Add __iomem and change all the u8 __iomem to void __iomem to
fix these kind of  warnings.

warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different address spaces)
    expected void [noderef] <asn:2> *base
    got unsigned char [usertype] *base_addr
warning: cast to restricted __le16
warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
    expected unsigned int [usertype] tbl_tcam_data_high
    got restricted __le32 [usertype]
warning: cast to restricted __le32
[...]

These variables used u32/u16 as their type, and finally as a
parameter of writel(), writel() will do the cpu_to_le32 coversion
so remove the little endian covert code to fix these kind of warnings.

Signed-off-by: Yonglong Liu <liuyonglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 10:35:42 -07:00
Yonglong Liu
8601a99d7c net: hns: Fix WARNING when remove HNS driver with SMMU enabled
When enable SMMU, remove HNS driver will cause a WARNING:

[  141.924177] WARNING: CPU: 36 PID: 2708 at drivers/iommu/dma-iommu.c:443 __iommu_dma_unmap+0xc0/0xc8
[  141.954673] Modules linked in: hns_enet_drv(-)
[  141.963615] CPU: 36 PID: 2708 Comm: rmmod Tainted: G        W         5.0.0-rc1-28723-gb729c57de95c-dirty #32
[  141.983593] Hardware name: Huawei D05/D05, BIOS Hisilicon D05 UEFI Nemo 1.8 RC0 08/31/2017
[  142.000244] pstate: 60000005 (nZCv daif -PAN -UAO)
[  142.009886] pc : __iommu_dma_unmap+0xc0/0xc8
[  142.018476] lr : __iommu_dma_unmap+0xc0/0xc8
[  142.027066] sp : ffff000013533b90
[  142.033728] x29: ffff000013533b90 x28: ffff8013e6983600
[  142.044420] x27: 0000000000000000 x26: 0000000000000000
[  142.055113] x25: 0000000056000000 x24: 0000000000000015
[  142.065806] x23: 0000000000000028 x22: ffff8013e66eee68
[  142.076499] x21: ffff8013db919800 x20: 0000ffffefbff000
[  142.087192] x19: 0000000000001000 x18: 0000000000000007
[  142.097885] x17: 000000000000000e x16: 0000000000000001
[  142.108578] x15: 0000000000000019 x14: 363139343a70616d
[  142.119270] x13: 6e75656761705f67 x12: 0000000000000000
[  142.129963] x11: 00000000ffffffff x10: 0000000000000006
[  142.140656] x9 : 1346c1aa88093500 x8 : ffff0000114de4e0
[  142.151349] x7 : 6662666578303d72 x6 : ffff0000105ffec8
[  142.162042] x5 : 0000000000000000 x4 : 0000000000000000
[  142.172734] x3 : 00000000ffffffff x2 : ffff0000114de500
[  142.183427] x1 : 0000000000000000 x0 : 0000000000000035
[  142.194120] Call trace:
[  142.199030]  __iommu_dma_unmap+0xc0/0xc8
[  142.206920]  iommu_dma_unmap_page+0x20/0x28
[  142.215335]  __iommu_unmap_page+0x40/0x60
[  142.223399]  hnae_unmap_buffer+0x110/0x134
[  142.231639]  hnae_free_desc+0x6c/0x10c
[  142.239177]  hnae_fini_ring+0x14/0x34
[  142.246540]  hnae_fini_queue+0x2c/0x40
[  142.254080]  hnae_put_handle+0x38/0xcc
[  142.261619]  hns_nic_dev_remove+0x54/0xfc [hns_enet_drv]
[  142.272312]  platform_drv_remove+0x24/0x64
[  142.280552]  device_release_driver_internal+0x17c/0x20c
[  142.291070]  driver_detach+0x4c/0x90
[  142.298259]  bus_remove_driver+0x5c/0xd8
[  142.306148]  driver_unregister+0x2c/0x54
[  142.314037]  platform_driver_unregister+0x10/0x18
[  142.323505]  hns_nic_dev_driver_exit+0x14/0xf0c [hns_enet_drv]
[  142.335248]  __arm64_sys_delete_module+0x214/0x25c
[  142.344891]  el0_svc_common+0xb0/0x10c
[  142.352430]  el0_svc_handler+0x24/0x80
[  142.359968]  el0_svc+0x8/0x7c0
[  142.366104] ---[ end trace 60ad1cd58e63c407 ]---

The tx ring buffer map when xmit and unmap when xmit done. So in
hnae_init_ring() did not map tx ring buffer, but in hnae_fini_ring()
have a unmap operation for tx ring buffer, which is already unmapped
when xmit done, than cause this WARNING.

The hnae_alloc_buffers() is called in hnae_init_ring(),
so the hnae_free_buffers() should be in hnae_fini_ring(), not in
hnae_free_desc().

In hnae_fini_ring(), adds a check is_rx_ring() as in hnae_init_ring().
When the ring buffer is tx ring, adds a piece of code to ensure that
the tx ring is unmap.

Signed-off-by: Yonglong Liu <liuyonglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 10:35:42 -07:00
Yonglong Liu
f058e46855 net: hns: fix ICMP6 neighbor solicitation messages discard problem
ICMP6 neighbor solicitation messages will be discard by the Hip06
chips, because of not setting forwarding pool. Enable promisc mode
has the same problem.

This patch fix the wrong forwarding table configs for the multicast
vague matching when enable promisc mode, and add forwarding pool
for the forwarding table.

Signed-off-by: Yonglong Liu <liuyonglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 10:35:42 -07:00
Yonglong Liu
c0b0984426 net: hns: Fix probabilistic memory overwrite when HNS driver initialized
When reboot the system again and again, may cause a memory
overwrite.

[   15.638922] systemd[1]: Reached target Swap.
[   15.667561] tun: Universal TUN/TAP device driver, 1.6
[   15.676756] Bridge firewalling registered
[   17.344135] Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 0000000200000040
[   17.352179] Mem abort info:
[   17.355007]   ESR = 0x96000004
[   17.358105]   Exception class = DABT (current EL), IL = 32 bits
[   17.364112]   SET = 0, FnV = 0
[   17.367209]   EA = 0, S1PTW = 0
[   17.370393] Data abort info:
[   17.373315]   ISV = 0, ISS = 0x00000004
[   17.377206]   CM = 0, WnR = 0
[   17.380214] user pgtable: 4k pages, 48-bit VAs, pgdp = (____ptrval____)
[   17.386926] [0000000200000040] pgd=0000000000000000
[   17.391878] Internal error: Oops: 96000004 [#1] SMP
[   17.396824] CPU: 23 PID: 95 Comm: kworker/u130:0 Tainted: G            E     4.19.25-1.2.78.aarch64 #1
[   17.414175] Hardware name: Huawei TaiShan 2280 /BC11SPCD, BIOS 1.54 08/16/2018
[   17.425615] Workqueue: events_unbound async_run_entry_fn
[   17.435151] pstate: 00000005 (nzcv daif -PAN -UAO)
[   17.444139] pc : __mutex_lock.isra.1+0x74/0x540
[   17.453002] lr : __mutex_lock.isra.1+0x3c/0x540
[   17.461701] sp : ffff000100d9bb60
[   17.469146] x29: ffff000100d9bb60 x28: 0000000000000000
[   17.478547] x27: 0000000000000000 x26: ffff802fb8945000
[   17.488063] x25: 0000000000000000 x24: ffff802fa32081a8
[   17.497381] x23: 0000000000000002 x22: ffff801fa2b15220
[   17.506701] x21: ffff000009809000 x20: ffff802fa23a0888
[   17.515980] x19: ffff801fa2b15220 x18: 0000000000000000
[   17.525272] x17: 0000000200000000 x16: 0000000200000000
[   17.534511] x15: 0000000000000000 x14: 0000000000000000
[   17.543652] x13: ffff000008d95db8 x12: 000000000000000d
[   17.552780] x11: ffff000008d95d90 x10: 0000000000000b00
[   17.561819] x9 : ffff000100d9bb90 x8 : ffff802fb89d6560
[   17.570829] x7 : 0000000000000004 x6 : 00000004a1801d05
[   17.579839] x5 : 0000000000000000 x4 : 0000000000000000
[   17.588852] x3 : ffff802fb89d5a00 x2 : 0000000000000000
[   17.597734] x1 : 0000000200000000 x0 : 0000000200000000
[   17.606631] Process kworker/u130:0 (pid: 95, stack limit = 0x(____ptrval____))
[   17.617438] Call trace:
[   17.623349]  __mutex_lock.isra.1+0x74/0x540
[   17.630927]  __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x24/0x30
[   17.638602]  mutex_lock+0x50/0x60
[   17.645295]  drain_workqueue+0x34/0x198
[   17.652623]  __sas_drain_work+0x7c/0x168
[   17.659903]  sas_drain_work+0x60/0x68
[   17.666947]  hisi_sas_scan_finished+0x30/0x40 [hisi_sas_main]
[   17.676129]  do_scsi_scan_host+0x70/0xb0
[   17.683534]  do_scan_async+0x20/0x228
[   17.690586]  async_run_entry_fn+0x4c/0x1d0
[   17.697997]  process_one_work+0x1b4/0x3f8
[   17.705296]  worker_thread+0x54/0x470

Every time the call trace is not the same, but the overwrite address
is always the same:
Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 0000000200000040

The root cause is, when write the reg XGMAC_MAC_TX_LF_RF_CONTROL_REG,
didn't use the io_base offset.

Signed-off-by: Yonglong Liu <liuyonglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 10:35:42 -07:00
Yonglong Liu
acb1ce15a6 net: hns: Use NAPI_POLL_WEIGHT for hns driver
When the HNS driver loaded, always have an error print:
"netif_napi_add() called with weight 256"

This is because the kernel checks the NAPI polling weights
requested by drivers and it prints an error message if a driver
requests a weight bigger than 64.

So use NAPI_POLL_WEIGHT to fix it.

Signed-off-by: Yonglong Liu <liuyonglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 10:35:42 -07:00
Liubin Shu
3a39a12ad3 net: hns: fix KASAN: use-after-free in hns_nic_net_xmit_hw()
This patch is trying to fix the issue due to:
[27237.844750] BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in hns_nic_net_xmit_hw+0x708/0xa18[hns_enet_drv]

After hnae_queue_xmit() in hns_nic_net_xmit_hw(), can be
interrupted by interruptions, and than call hns_nic_tx_poll_one()
to handle the new packets, and free the skb. So, when turn back to
hns_nic_net_xmit_hw(), calling skb->len will cause use-after-free.

This patch update tx ring statistics in hns_nic_tx_poll_one() to
fix the bug.

Signed-off-by: Liubin Shu <shuliubin@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhen Lei <thunder.leizhen@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yonglong Liu <liuyonglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 10:35:42 -07:00
Jian Shen
d223dfa40a net: hns3: split function hnae3_match_n_instantiate()
The function hnae3_match_n_instantiate() was called both by
initializing or uninitializing client. For uninitializing, the
return value was never used.

To make it more clear, this patch splits it to two functions,
hnae3_init_client_instance() and hnae3_uninit_client_instance().

Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-04 10:20:39 -07:00